MXPA00009351A - &bgr;2-ADRENERGIC RECEPTOR AGONISTS - Google Patents
&bgr;2-ADRENERGIC RECEPTOR AGONISTSInfo
- Publication number
- MXPA00009351A MXPA00009351A MXPA/A/2000/009351A MXPA00009351A MXPA00009351A MX PA00009351 A MXPA00009351 A MX PA00009351A MX PA00009351 A MXPA00009351 A MX PA00009351A MX PA00009351 A MXPA00009351 A MX PA00009351A
- Authority
- MX
- Mexico
- Prior art keywords
- ligand
- linker
- substituted
- alkylene
- group
- Prior art date
Links
- 239000000048 adrenergic agonist Substances 0.000 title abstract description 11
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 357
- 208000006673 Asthma Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 8
- 206010038683 Respiratory disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 5
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 claims description 600
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 claims description 445
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 333
- -1 4-hydroxy-2-methylphenyl Chemical group 0.000 claims description 212
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 123
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 90
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 87
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 85
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 74
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 74
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 73
- 125000004435 hydrogen atoms Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 71
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 66
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 61
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 60
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 59
- 125000005346 substituted cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 51
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 49
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 47
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 47
- 102000016966 beta-2 Adrenergic Receptors Human genes 0.000 claims description 45
- 108010014499 beta-2 Adrenergic Receptors Proteins 0.000 claims description 45
- 125000004432 carbon atoms Chemical group C* 0.000 claims description 45
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 claims description 41
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 claims description 41
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 35
- 230000000295 complement Effects 0.000 claims description 34
- 125000005156 substituted alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 34
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 33
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 claims description 31
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 29
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 28
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 24
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 22
- 125000004429 atoms Chemical group 0.000 claims description 20
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 claims description 20
- 125000004450 alkenylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 19
- 125000005017 substituted alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 19
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 18
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 18
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000004419 alkynylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000005415 substituted alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000000266 alpha-aminoacyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000005724 cycloalkenylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000004426 substituted alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000000732 arylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 238000004166 bioassay Methods 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000001140 1,4-phenylene group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([*:2])=C([H])C([H])=C1[*:1] 0.000 claims description 10
- 229910003813 NRa Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000002993 cycloalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000002209 hydrophobic Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxygen Chemical compound O=O MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000005549 heteroarylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000005842 heteroatoms Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000001404 mediated Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000005717 substituted cycloalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 claims description 6
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 6
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000004895 liquid chromatography mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000004173 1-benzimidazolyl group Chemical group [H]C1=NC2=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C2N1* 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004189 3,4-dichlorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(Cl)=C(Cl)C([H])=C1* 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004179 3-chlorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C(Cl)=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004203 4-hydroxyphenyl group Chemical group [H]OC1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000000609 carbazolyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000002513 isocyanates Chemical class 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000006296 sulfonyl amino group Chemical group [H]N(*)S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 claims description 4
- 102000014961 Protein Precursors Human genes 0.000 claims description 3
- 108010078762 Protein Precursors Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 3
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 3
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethene Chemical group C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000002962 imidazol-1-yl group Chemical group [*]N1C([H])=NC([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 claims description 3
- OZAIFHULBGXAKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N precursor Substances N#CC(C)(C)N=NC(C)(C)C#N OZAIFHULBGXAKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000004262 preparative liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000004356 hydroxy functional group Chemical group O* 0.000 claims 7
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 claims 2
- CVQSWZMJOGOPAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dihydrothiochromen-4-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)CCSC2=C1 CVQSWZMJOGOPAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 206010006451 Bronchitis Diseases 0.000 abstract description 6
- 208000001738 Nervous System Trauma Diseases 0.000 abstract description 4
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 abstract description 4
- 208000006399 Premature Obstetric Labor Diseases 0.000 abstract 1
- 206010036600 Premature labour Diseases 0.000 abstract 1
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 74
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid ethyl ester Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 68
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 68
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 62
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 52
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 37
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 36
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-MZCSYVLQSA-N cd3od Chemical compound [2H]OC([2H])([2H])[2H] OKKJLVBELUTLKV-MZCSYVLQSA-N 0.000 description 34
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 34
- 238000002330 electrospray ionisation mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 33
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 29
- 239000008079 hexane Substances 0.000 description 28
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 28
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 26
- 125000005309 thioalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 26
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 24
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 23
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 22
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 21
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 21
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 20
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylene dichloride Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 18
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 18
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 18
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical class [H]S* 0.000 description 18
- 210000004027 cells Anatomy 0.000 description 17
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 17
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 16
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen Chemical group N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 16
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 15
- 230000002194 synthesizing Effects 0.000 description 15
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Chemical compound O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 14
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 14
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 14
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 14
- 230000003042 antagnostic Effects 0.000 description 13
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 13
- 125000000022 2-aminoethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])N([H])[H] 0.000 description 12
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 12
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 125000004181 carboxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 125000005553 heteroaryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 125000005296 thioaryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 125000005404 thioheteroaryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 125000000852 azido group Chemical group *N=[N+]=[N-] 0.000 description 11
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 11
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 10
- VKIRRGRTJUUZHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexane-1,4-diamine Chemical compound NC1CCC(N)CC1 VKIRRGRTJUUZHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229940079593 drugs Drugs 0.000 description 10
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 10
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 10
- 125000000468 ketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 239000002609 media Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 230000001225 therapeutic Effects 0.000 description 10
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 9
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 125000002490 anilino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 9
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000005755 formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 125000005255 oxyaminoacyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 9
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 125000005323 thioketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 229940032147 Starch Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 8
- 125000002349 hydroxyamino group Chemical group [H]ON([H])[*] 0.000 description 8
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 230000001575 pathological Effects 0.000 description 8
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000000033 alkoxyamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000002349 favourable Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229910052717 sulfur Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 102000017910 Adrenergic receptor family Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108060003345 Adrenergic receptor family Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 150000008062 acetophenones Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000005418 aryl aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000000903 blocking Effects 0.000 description 5
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 5
- 150000002466 imines Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 230000000051 modifying Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 230000003389 potentiating Effects 0.000 description 5
- HUMNYLRZRPPJDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzaldehyde Chemical compound O=CC1=CC=CC=C1 HUMNYLRZRPPJDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 206010006458 Bronchitis chronic Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000007451 Chronic Bronchitis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 4
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N HCl Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 125000002877 alkyl aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000004202 aminomethyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 229910000090 borane Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 4
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 4
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000004475 heteroaralkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen bromide Chemical compound Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000001976 improved Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 4
- HPQVWDOOUQVBTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium aluminium hydride Substances [Li+].[Al-] HPQVWDOOUQVBTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000010791 quenching Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000004007 reversed phase HPLC Methods 0.000 description 4
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 4
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfur Chemical group [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000011593 sulfur Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 210000001519 tissues Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000004953 trihalomethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- LLGITOVMBFBBFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-1-[3-(hydroxymethyl)-4-phenylmethoxyphenyl]ethanol Chemical compound OCC1=CC(C(O)CN)=CC=C1OCC1=CC=CC=C1 LLGITOVMBFBBFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- LNPMZQXEPNWCMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(2-aminoethyl)aniline Chemical compound NCCC1=CC=C(N)C=C1 LNPMZQXEPNWCMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 210000000170 Cell Membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N D-sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000003688 G-protein coupled receptors Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000045 G-protein coupled receptors Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000004310 Ion Channels Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000862 Ion Channels Proteins 0.000 description 3
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-UUNJERMWSA-N Lactose Natural products O([C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)O[C@@H]1CO)[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1 GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-UUNJERMWSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910010084 LiAlH4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 3
- AQLLBJAXUCIJSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N OC(=O)C[Na] Chemical compound OC(=O)C[Na] AQLLBJAXUCIJSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-GDQSFJPYSA-N Sucrose Natural products O([C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1)[C@@]1(CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-GDQSFJPYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000036462 Unbound Effects 0.000 description 3
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010290 biphenyl Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010192 crystallographic characterization Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000004985 diamines Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000002009 diols Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000005677 ethinylene group Chemical group [*:2]C#C[*:1] 0.000 description 3
- 125000000031 ethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])N([H])[*] 0.000 description 3
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 3
- KWOLFJPFCHCOCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylphenylketone Chemical compound CC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWOLFJPFCHCOCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 3
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N propionic acid Chemical compound CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000010898 silica gel chromatography Methods 0.000 description 3
- PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium azide Chemical compound [Na+].[N-]=[N+]=[N-] PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229960001663 sulfanilamide Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010189 synthetic method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N (E)-but-2-enedioate;hydron Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AWMVMTVKBNGEAK-QMMMGPOBSA-N (R)-styrene oxide Chemical group C1O[C@@H]1C1=CC=CC=C1 AWMVMTVKBNGEAK-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BPZSYCZIITTYBL-ORAYPTAESA-N (S,S)-formoterol Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C[C@H](C)NC[C@@H](O)C1=CC=C(O)C(NC=O)=C1 BPZSYCZIITTYBL-ORAYPTAESA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003088 (fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M .beta-Phenylacrylic acid Natural products [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M 0.000 description 2
- GVOYKJPMUUJXBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(aminomethyl)aniline Chemical compound NCC1=CC=CC=C1N GVOYKJPMUUJXBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butanone Chemical compound CCC(C)=O ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NJCVPQRHRKYSAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-1-propanol Chemical compound OCCCC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 NJCVPQRHRKYSAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SBUSRTDHZIJKHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[4-[6-[4-(3-hydroxypropyl)phenoxy]hexoxy]phenyl]propan-1-ol Chemical compound C1=CC(CCCO)=CC=C1OCCCCCCOC1=CC=C(CCCO)C=C1 SBUSRTDHZIJKHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PHOSWLARCIBBJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-bromohexanenitrile Chemical compound BrCCCCCC#N PHOSWLARCIBBJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000035502 ADME Effects 0.000 description 2
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000036912 Bioavailability Effects 0.000 description 2
- 101700067048 CDC13 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=C1 UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbodicyclohexylimide Chemical compound C1CCCCC1N=C=NC1CCCCC1 QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229940014259 Gelatin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000036499 Half live Effects 0.000 description 2
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Imidazole Chemical compound C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000002464 Muscle, Smooth, Vascular Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N P-Toluenesulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010036595 Premature delivery Diseases 0.000 description 2
- NDAUXUAQIAJITI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Salbutamol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)NCC(O)C1=CC=C(O)C(CO)=C1 NDAUXUAQIAJITI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Salicylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium benzoate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Stearic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Succinic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Natural products NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000003213 activating Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- KLWPBYLRAPLEJH-UHFFFAOYSA-N aniline;2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound [NH3+]C1=CC=CC=C1.[O-]C(=O)C(F)(F)F KLWPBYLRAPLEJH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229940095076 benzaldehyde Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 102000012740 beta Adrenergic Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010079452 beta Adrenergic Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000014974 beta2-adrenergic receptor activity proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108040006828 beta2-adrenergic receptor activity proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000035514 bioavailability Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007767 bonding agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RYYVLZVUVIJVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N caffeine Chemical compound CN1C(=O)N(C)C(=O)C2=C1N=CN2C RYYVLZVUVIJVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004040 coloring Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002285 corn oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000005687 corn oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000000875 corresponding Effects 0.000 description 2
- XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1 XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003247 decreasing Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003111 delayed Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 2
- ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008387 emulsifying waxe Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002255 enzymatic Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000002118 epoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960002848 formoterol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycolic acid Chemical compound OCC(O)=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004470 heterocyclooxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910000041 hydrogen chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012442 inert solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000007529 inorganic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000009434 installation Methods 0.000 description 2
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 2
- PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodine Chemical compound II PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001261 isocyanato group Chemical group *N=C=O 0.000 description 2
- 229940057995 liquid paraffin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium sulphate Substances [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N malonic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XLSMGNNWSRNTIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 5-acetyl-2-hydroxybenzoate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC(C(C)=O)=CC=C1O XLSMGNNWSRNTIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000693 micelle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006011 modification reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000897 modulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940113083 morpholine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008177 pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000951 phenoxy group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(O*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N phosphatidylcholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002953 preparative HPLC Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 230000001681 protective Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolidine Chemical compound C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LCTONWCANYUPML-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyruvic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)C(O)=O LCTONWCANYUPML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002287 radioligand Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003638 reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960002052 salbutamol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M salicylate Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229960001860 salicylate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000003441 saturated fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003523 serotonin 4 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 2
- 231100000486 side effect Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 239000004299 sodium benzoate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010234 sodium benzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- BZKBCQXYZZXSCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium hydride Inorganic materials [H-].[Na+] BZKBCQXYZZXSCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N t-BuOH Chemical compound CC(C)(C)O DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HOPALBZGTWDOTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl N-[2-(4-aminophenyl)ethyl]carbamate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)NCCC1=CC=C(N)C=C1 HOPALBZGTWDOTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AYKVMQOWXUIFLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl N-[2-[4-(benzylamino)phenyl]ethyl]carbamate Chemical compound C1=CC(CCNC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)=CC=C1NCC1=CC=CC=C1 AYKVMQOWXUIFLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QTQCZZVKVBAVQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl N-[2-[4-[(2-hydroxy-2-phenylethyl)amino]phenyl]ethyl]carbamate Chemical compound C1=CC(CCNC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)=CC=C1NCC(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 QTQCZZVKVBAVQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QTQCZZVKVBAVQB-LJQANCHMSA-N tert-butyl N-[2-[4-[[(2S)-2-hydroxy-2-phenylethyl]amino]phenyl]ethyl]carbamate Chemical compound C1=CC(CCNC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)=CC=C1NC[C@@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1 QTQCZZVKVBAVQB-LJQANCHMSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 102000035402 transmembrane proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108091005683 transmembrane proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005303 weighing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000230 xanthan gum Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010493 xanthan gum Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920001285 xanthan gum Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229940082509 xanthan gum Drugs 0.000 description 2
- LEQRYJLODPPISB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-diiodohexane Chemical compound CCCCC(I)CI LEQRYJLODPPISB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FVXDQWZBHIXIEJ-LNDKUQBDSA-N 1,2-dilinoleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCC\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC FVXDQWZBHIXIEJ-LNDKUQBDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NRJAVPSFFCBXDT-HUESYALOSA-N 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC NRJAVPSFFCBXDT-HUESYALOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-ethanediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005838 1,3-cyclopentylene group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([*:2])C([H])([H])C1([H])[*:1] 0.000 description 1
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=NNC2=C1 BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZSOZUENUKHQSCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-hydroxyethyl)-4-[1-hydroxy-2-[6-(3-phenylpropoxy)hexylamino]ethyl]phenol Chemical compound C1=C(O)C(CCO)=CC(C(O)CNCCCCCCOCCCC=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 ZSOZUENUKHQSCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QYYCPWLLBSSFBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(naphthalen-1-yloxymethyl)oxirane Chemical compound C=1C=CC2=CC=CC=C2C=1OCC1CO1 QYYCPWLLBSSFBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MTNDZQHUAFNZQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Imidazoline Chemical compound C1CN=CN1 MTNDZQHUAFNZQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YKNYOPMXFOFUOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2-aminoethyl)anilino]-1-phenylethanol Chemical compound C1=CC(CCN)=CC=C1NCC(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 YKNYOPMXFOFUOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YQGNJCIMLLHUBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2-aminoethyl)anilino]-1-phenylethanol;2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F.C1=CC(CCN)=CC=C1NCC(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 YQGNJCIMLLHUBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-IVMDWMLBSA-N 2-amino-2-deoxy-D-glucopyranose Chemical compound N[C@H]1C(O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-IVMDWMLBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AUVALWUPUHHNQV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 2-carboxy-6-propylphenolate Chemical class CCCC1=CC=CC(C([O-])=O)=C1O AUVALWUPUHHNQV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000000143 2-carboxyethyl group Chemical group [H]OC(=O)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000094 2-phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001494 2-propynyl group Chemical group [H]C#CC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 289-95-2 Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VHMICKWLTGFITH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-isoindole Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CNC=C21 VHMICKWLTGFITH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XUSNPFGLKGCWGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[4-(3-aminopropyl)piperazin-1-yl]propan-1-amine Chemical compound NCCCN1CCN(CCCN)CC1 XUSNPFGLKGCWGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KOGSPLLRMRSADR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(2-aminopropan-2-yl)-1-methylcyclohexan-1-amine Chemical compound CC(C)(N)C1CCC(C)(N)CC1 KOGSPLLRMRSADR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DZIHTWJGPDVSGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[(4-aminocyclohexyl)methyl]cyclohexan-1-amine Chemical compound C1CC(N)CCC1CC1CCC(N)CC1 DZIHTWJGPDVSGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AIFMKIVXEBAMBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[2-(cyclohexylamino)-1-hydroxyethyl]-2-(hydroxymethyl)phenol Chemical compound C1=C(O)C(CO)=CC(C(O)CNC2CCCCC2)=C1 AIFMKIVXEBAMBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DETQOUAODPQXCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxy-3H-1,3-benzothiazol-2-one Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC2=C1NC(=O)S2 DETQOUAODPQXCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SJZRECIVHVDYJC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 4-hydroxybutyrate Chemical group OCCCC([O-])=O SJZRECIVHVDYJC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- GDRVFDDBLLKWRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4H-quinolizine Chemical compound C1=CC=CN2CC=CC=C21 GDRVFDDBLLKWRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091005523 5-HT4 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- NZRDKNBIPVLNHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-acetyl-2-hydroxybenzoic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C(C(O)=O)=C1 NZRDKNBIPVLNHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acridine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010001497 Agitation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940023808 Albuterol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910018173 Al—Al Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- AGEZXYOZHKGVCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzyl bromide Chemical compound BrCC1=CC=CC=C1 AGEZXYOZHKGVCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000037177 Biodistribution Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004204 Blood Vessels Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- DZJHBCCQMAYPSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCOC1=CC=C(C=C1)CCCOC(C#N)CCCC Chemical compound CCCCCOC1=CC=C(C=C1)CCCOC(C#N)CCCC DZJHBCCQMAYPSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000017925 CHRM3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060003367 CHRM3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N C[N+](C)(C)CCO Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CCO OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JHLNERQLKQQLRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium silicate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-] JHLNERQLKQQLRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000700199 Cavia porcellus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002301 Cellulose acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- PTHCMJGKKRQCBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cellulose, microcrystalline Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 PTHCMJGKKRQCBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cetyl alcohol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001231 Choline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WCZVZNOTHYJIEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cinnoline Chemical compound N1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 WCZVZNOTHYJIEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000742 Cotton Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000000172 Cytosol Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KAZBKCHUSA-N D-Mannitol Natural products OC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KAZBKCHUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005361 D2 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 101710039138 DDB_G0275543 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010012601 Diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethylamine Chemical compound CCNCC HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WPYCRFCQABTEKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diglycidyl resorcinol ether Chemical compound C1OC1COC(C=1)=CC=CC=1OCC1CO1 WPYCRFCQABTEKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KILNVBDSWZSGLL-KXQOOQHDSA-N Dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC KILNVBDSWZSGLL-KXQOOQHDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000036947 Dissociation constant Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001198 Duodenum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000008157 ELISA kit Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091006011 G proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108060003095 GAS2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000030007 GTP-Binding Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091000058 GTP-Binding Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000001828 Gelatine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002442 Glucosamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002989 Glutamic Acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LEQAOMBKQFMDFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glyoxal Chemical compound O=CC=O LEQAOMBKQFMDFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940015043 Glyoxal Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920000084 Gum arabic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- NAQMVNRVTILPCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hexamethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCCCCCN NAQMVNRVTILPCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002885 Histidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010020853 Hypertonic bladder Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HOBCFUWDNJPFHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indolizine Chemical compound C1=CC=CN2C=CC=C21 HOBCFUWDNJPFHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004877 Insulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000000936 Intestines Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- JJWLVOIRVHMVIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropylamine Chemical compound CC(C)N JJWLVOIRVHMVIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isoquinoline Chemical compound C1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isothiazole Chemical compound C=1C=NSC=1 ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isoxazole Chemical compound C=1C=NOC=1 CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P L-argininium(2+) Chemical compound NC(=[NH2+])NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(O)=O ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P 0.000 description 1
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-histidine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HBBGRARXTFLTSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Ion Chemical compound [Li+] HBBGRARXTFLTSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 1
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Malic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Mandelic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-XIXRPRMCSA-N Mesotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-XIXRPRMCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000008466 Metabolic Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003205 Muscles Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- UEEJHVSXFDXPFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-dimethylaminoethanol Chemical compound CN(C)CCO UEEJHVSXFDXPFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HTLZVHNRZJPSMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-ethylpiperidine Chemical compound CCN1CCCCC1 HTLZVHNRZJPSMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007832 Na2SO4 Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000710944 O'nyong-nyong virus Species 0.000 description 1
- IFLVPZKTGZKBJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N OC1=C(C(=C(C=C1)C(CNC1=CC=CC=C1)O)C)O Chemical compound OC1=C(C(=C(C=C1)C(CNC1=CC=CC=C1)O)C)O IFLVPZKTGZKBJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000008589 Obesity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000009722 Overactive Urinary Bladder Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010033557 Palpitations Diseases 0.000 description 1
- LIGACIXOYTUXAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenacyl bromide Chemical class BrCC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 LIGACIXOYTUXAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RDOWQLZANAYVLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenanthridine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=NC2=C1 RDOWQLZANAYVLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenazine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WJFKNYWRSNBZNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenothiazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 WJFKNYWRSNBZNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950000688 Phenothiazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- TZMSYXZUNZXBOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenoxazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC3=CC=CC=C3OC2=C1 TZMSYXZUNZXBOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UNJJBGNPUUVVFQ-ZJUUUORDSA-N Phosphatidylserine Chemical compound CCCC(=O)O[C@H](COC(=O)CC)COP(O)(=O)OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O UNJJBGNPUUVVFQ-ZJUUUORDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LFSXCDWNBUNEEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phthalazine Chemical compound C1=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C21 LFSXCDWNBUNEEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940023488 Pill Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004721 Polyphenylene oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000037 Polyproline Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000005107 Premature Birth Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010036590 Premature baby Diseases 0.000 description 1
- MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Procaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000001253 Protein Kinases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060006633 Protein Kinases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CPNGPNLZQNNVQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pteridine Chemical compound N1=CN=CC2=NC=CN=C21 CPNGPNLZQNNVQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Purine Chemical compound N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VIAFLMPQBHAMLI-UHFFFAOYSA-N PyBOP Chemical compound F[P-](F)(F)(F)(F)F.C1CCCN1[P+](N1CCCC1)(N1CCCC1)ON1C2=CC=CC=C2N=N1 VIAFLMPQBHAMLI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridazine Chemical compound C1=CC=NN=C1 PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940107700 Pyruvic Acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JWVCLYRUEFBMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinazoline Chemical compound N1=CN=CC2=CC=CC=C21 JWVCLYRUEFBMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoxaline Chemical compound N1=CC=NC2=CC=CC=C21 XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GIIZNNXWQWCKIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serevent Chemical compound C1=C(O)C(CO)=CC(C(O)CNCCCCCCOCCCCC=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 GIIZNNXWQWCKIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000002966 Serum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- BEOOHQFXGBMRKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium cyanoborohydride Chemical compound [Na+].[B-]C#N BEOOHQFXGBMRKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000002784 Stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Styrene Natural products C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FDDDEECHVMSUSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfanilamide Chemical compound NC1=CC=C(S(N)(=O)=O)C=C1 FDDDEECHVMSUSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010042602 Supraventricular extrasystoles Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000001871 Tachycardia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- RAOIDOHSFRTOEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrothiophene Chemical compound C1CCSC1 RAOIDOHSFRTOEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003437 Trachea Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940116362 Tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010044565 Tremor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H Tricalcium phosphate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trimethylamine Chemical compound CN(C)C GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940035504 Tromethamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003932 Urinary Bladder Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 206010046543 Urinary incontinence Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019498 Walnut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- HUCJFAOMUPXHDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Xylometazoline Chemical compound CC1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=CC(C)=C1CC1=NCCN1 HUCJFAOMUPXHDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYCNUMLMNKHWPZ-SNVBAGLBSA-N [(2R)-3-acetyloxy-2-hydroxypropyl] 2-(trimethylazaniumyl)ethyl phosphate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC[C@@H](O)COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C RYCNUMLMNKHWPZ-SNVBAGLBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N [1,10]phenanthroline Chemical compound C1=CN=C2C3=NC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QLBRROYTTDFLDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-(aminomethyl)cyclohexyl]methanamine Chemical compound NCC1CCCC(CN)C1 QLBRROYTTDFLDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FDLQZKYLHJJBHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-(aminomethyl)phenyl]methanamine Chemical compound NCC1=CC=CC(CN)=C1 FDLQZKYLHJJBHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ISKQADXMHQSTHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N [4-(aminomethyl)phenyl]methanamine Chemical compound NCC1=CC=C(CN)C=C1 ISKQADXMHQSTHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IQPQWNKOIGAROB-UHFFFAOYSA-N [N-]=C=O Chemical compound [N-]=C=O IQPQWNKOIGAROB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010489 acacia gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000205 acacia gum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylic acid Chemical group OC(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011149 active material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001800 adrenalinergic Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000614 adrenergic beta-2 receptor agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000971 adrenergic beta-2 receptor antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007605 air drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003158 alcohol group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000001447 alkali salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001345 alkine derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004466 alkoxycarbonylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003973 alkyl amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005431 alkyl carboxamide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001350 alkyl halides Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000006295 amino methylene group Chemical group [H]N(*)C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005428 anthryl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C([H])=C3C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C3=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000000845 anti-microbial Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940053200 antiepileptics Fatty acid derivatives Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003125 aqueous solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003121 arginine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004982 aromatic amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001502 aryl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- CREXVNNSNOKDHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N azaniumylideneazanide Chemical compound N[N] CREXVNNSNOKDHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000004196 benzothienyl group Chemical group S1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001584 benzyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC1=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 102000016967 beta-1 Adrenergic Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010014494 beta-1 Adrenergic Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000012148 binding buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000085 borane Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000005893 bromination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000003182 bronchodilatating Effects 0.000 description 1
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M buffer Substances [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960001948 caffeine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 159000000007 calcium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000378 calcium silicate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052918 calcium silicate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960003340 calcium silicate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000012241 calcium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000005251 capillar electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004657 carbamic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000013877 carbamide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000837 carbohydrate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- CREMABGTGYGIQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbon carbon Chemical compound C.C CREMABGTGYGIQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001722 carbon compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000003857 carboxamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036755 cellular response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000541 cetyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007806 chemical reaction intermediate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007810 chemical reaction solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000038 chest Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002668 chloroacetyl group Chemical group ClCC(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004218 chloromethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(Cl)* 0.000 description 1
- 235000013985 cinnamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930016911 cinnamic acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000015165 citric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003240 coconut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019864 coconut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940075614 colloidal silicon dioxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019571 color Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000039 congener Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002596 correlated Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005712 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000006165 cyclic alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000001934 cyclohexanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005595 deprotonation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010537 deprotonation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005265 dialkylamine group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005432 dialkylcarboxamide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- DMJZZSLVPSMWCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N diborane Chemical compound B1[H]B[H]1 DMJZZSLVPSMWCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001991 dicarboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000005442 diisocyanate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005594 diketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004821 distillation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002228 disulfide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229940000406 drug candidates Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008157 edible vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N edta Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006274 endogenous ligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012055 enteric layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CCS(O)(=O)=O CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanolamine Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002169 ethanolamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005678 ethenylene group Chemical group [H]C([*:1])=C([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- OAYLNYINCPYISS-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl acetate;hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC.CCOC(C)=O OAYLNYINCPYISS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 description 1
- 238000010228 ex vivo assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001747 exhibiting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003925 fat Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019197 fats Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001605 fetal Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019634 flavors Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000020375 flavoured syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorine atom Chemical compound [F] YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001530 fumaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011087 fumaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000005714 functional activity Effects 0.000 description 1
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N furane Chemical compound C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940083124 ganglion-blocking antiadrenergic Secondary and tertiary amines Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000291 glutamic acid group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000002327 glycerophospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycol Chemical group OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002339 glycosphingolipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000000227 grinding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005343 heterocyclic alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003707 hexyloxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- 239000008240 homogeneous mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- XGIHQYAWBCFNPY-AZOCGYLKSA-N hydrabamine Chemical compound C([C@@H]12)CC3=CC(C(C)C)=CC=C3[C@@]2(C)CCC[C@@]1(C)CNCCNC[C@@]1(C)[C@@H]2CCC3=CC(C(C)C)=CC=C3[C@@]2(C)CCC1 XGIHQYAWBCFNPY-AZOCGYLKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxybenzotriazole Substances O=C1C=CC=C2NNN=C12 NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004029 hydroxymethyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- WRYCSMQKUKOKBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazolidine Chemical compound C1CNCN1 WRYCSMQKUKOKBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000099 in vitro assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003406 indolizinyl group Chemical group C=1(C=CN2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000011261 inert gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007972 injectable composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007689 inspection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000027634 intracellular receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091007905 intracellular receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N iso-propanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000555 isopropenyl group Chemical group [H]\C([H])=C(\*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001810 isothiocyanato group Chemical group *N=C=S 0.000 description 1
- 239000004922 lacquer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011344 liquid material Substances 0.000 description 1
- OCZDCIYGECBNKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium;alumanuide Chemical compound [Li+].[AlH4-] OCZDCIYGECBNKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007937 lozenge Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003646 lysine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 159000000003 magnesium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002075 main ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011976 maleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001630 malic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940099690 malic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000011090 malic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002510 mandelic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001819 mass spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N methane Chemical compound C VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940098779 methanesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FKYNBTFKFFFCFP-MRXNPFEDSA-N methyl 5-[(2S)-oxiran-2-yl]-2-phenylmethoxybenzoate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC([C@@H]2OC2)=CC=C1OCC1=CC=CC=C1 FKYNBTFKFFFCFP-MRXNPFEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000004702 methyl esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004170 methylsulfonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000329 molecular dynamics simulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002808 molecular sieve Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004573 morpholin-4-yl group Chemical group N1(CCOCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000003681 muscarinic M3 receptor antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001421 myristyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001280 n-hexyl group Chemical group C(CCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000006199 nebulizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000653 nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitric acid Chemical compound O[N+]([O-])=O GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000013615 non-nutritive sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000020824 obesity Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001542 oligosaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000002482 oligosaccharides Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006053 organic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000056 organs Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000006408 oxalic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000005702 oxyalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004430 oxygen atoms Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- RZVAJINKPMORJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N p-acetaminophenol Chemical compound CC(=O)NC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 RZVAJINKPMORJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000036961 partial Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004031 partial agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001717 pathogenic Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000137 peptide hydrolase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000546 pharmaceutic aid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000275 pharmacokinetic Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036231 pharmacokinetics Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002148 phenethicilloyl group Chemical group C(=O)(O)[C@@H]1N[C@H](SC1(C)C)[C@@H](C(=O)*)NC(C(C)OC1=CC=CC=C1)=O 0.000 description 1
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenol group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=C1)O ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002467 phosphate group Chemical group [H]OP(=O)(O[H])O[*] 0.000 description 1
- 150000008103 phosphatidic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000008104 phosphatidylethanolamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003905 phosphatidylinositols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000004713 phosphodiesters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920003258 poly(methylsilmethylene) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000768 polyamine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005862 polyol Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010026466 polyproline Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001184 potassium carbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 159000000001 potassium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001376 precipitating Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002028 premature Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960004919 procaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N propanol Chemical compound CCCO BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006410 propenylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000069 prophylaxis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019260 propionic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000004805 propylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002577 pseudohalo group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000541 pulsatile Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008213 purified water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003212 purines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrazine Chemical compound C1=CN=CC=N1 KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003653 radioligand binding assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002829 reduced Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002040 relaxant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000241 respiratory Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000029058 respiratory gaseous exchange Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004366 reverse phase liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960004889 salicylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004017 salmeterol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000003335 secondary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012056 semi-solid material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000002791 soaking Methods 0.000 description 1
- KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium Chemical compound [Na] KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 159000000000 sodium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940080313 sodium starch Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011343 solid material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008247 solid mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010356 sorbitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000009331 sowing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003595 spectral Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003408 sphingolipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003003 spiro group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012058 sterile packaged powder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003432 sterols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000003702 sterols Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003011 styrenyl group Chemical group [H]\C(*)=C(/[H])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001384 succinic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 150000003461 sulfonyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002459 sustained Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940066769 systemic antihistamines Substituted alkylamines Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007916 tablet composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001367 tartaric acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000003419 tautomerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- AEACDUISWKMUHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl N-(2-aminoethyl)-N-phenylcarbamate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)N(CCN)C1=CC=CC=C1 AEACDUISWKMUHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005931 tert-butyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(OC(*)=O)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- FAGUFWYHJQFNRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetraethylenepentamine Chemical compound NCCNCCNCCNCCN FAGUFWYHJQFNRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiophene Chemical compound C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012049 topical pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002088 tosyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1C([H])([H])[H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 231100000224 toxic side effect Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000196 tragacanth Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037317 transdermal delivery Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000844 transformation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001131 transforming Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003626 triacylglycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005270 trialkylamine group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- UORVGPXVDQYIDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N trihydridoboron Substances B UORVGPXVDQYIDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YFTHZRPMJXBUME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tripropylamine Chemical compound CCCN(CCC)CCC YFTHZRPMJXBUME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000281 trometamol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004881 tumor cells Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000009827 uniform distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008170 walnut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002424 x-ray crystallography Methods 0.000 description 1
- OJUGVDODNPJEEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N α-oxobenzeneacetaldehyde Chemical compound O=CC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 OJUGVDODNPJEEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N β-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
Abstract
Disclosed are multibinding compounds which are&bgr;2-adrenergic receptor agonists and are useful in the treatment and prevention of respiratory diseases such as asthma, bronchitis. They are also useful in the treatment of nervous system injury and premature labor.
Description
AGOt STAS OF ADEERGIC BETA2 RECEIVERS.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Field of the Invention
This invention relates to novel multiple binding compounds (agents) which are β2 adrenergic receptor agonists and pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds. Accordingly, the multiple-binding compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of this invention are useful in the treatment and prevention of respiratory diseases such as asthma and chronic bronchitis. They are also useful in the treatment of nervous system injury and premature delivery.
References
The following publications are cited in this application as superscript numbers:
REF .: 121940 1 Hardman, J. G., et al. "The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics", McGraw-Hill, New York, (1996).
2 Strosberg, A. D. "Structure, Function, and
Regulation of Adrenergic Receptors "Protein Sci. 2, 1198-1209 (1993).
3 Beck-Sickinger, A. G. "Structure Characterization and Binding Sites of G- Protein-coupled Receptors" DDT, 1, 502-513, (1996).
4 Hein, L. & Kobilka, B. K. "Adrenergic Receptor Signal Transduction and Regulation"
Neuropharmacol, 34, 357-366, (1995).
Strosberg, A. D. & Pietri-Rouxel, F. "Function, and Regulation of β3-Adrenoceptor" TiPS, 17, 373-381, (1996).
6 Barnes, P. J. "Current Therapies for Asthma" CHEST, 111: 17S-26S. (1997).
7 Jack, D. A. "A way of Looking at Agonis and .Antagonism: Lessons from Salbutamol, Salmeterol and other β-Adrenoceptor Agonists" Br. J. Clin. Pharmac. 31, 501-514, (1991).
8 Kissei Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd. "2-.Amino-l- (4-hydroxy-2-methyl-phenyl) propanol derivatives" JP-10152460 (Publication date June 9, 1998).
All of the above publications are incorporated herein by reference entirely to the same extent as if each individual publication was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference entirely.
State of the Art
A receptor is a biological structure with one or more binding domains that forms a reversible complex with one or more ligands, where that complex has biological consequences. The receptors may exist entirely outside the cell (extracellular receptors), within the cell membrane (but presenting sections of the receptor to the extracellular environment and the cytosol), or entirely within the cell (intracellular receptors). They can also function independently of a cell (for example, lump formation). The receptors inside the cell membrane allow a cell to communicate with the space outside its edges (for example signaling) as well as to function in the transport of molecules and ions in and out of the cell.
A ligand is a binding partner for a specific receptor or family of receptors. A ligand may be the endogenous ligand for the receptor or alternatively it may be a synthetic ligand for the receptor as a drug, a drug candidate or a pharmacological tool.
The super family of seven transmembrane proteins (7-TMs), also called G-protein coupled receptors
(GPCRs), represents one of the most significant classes of receptors attached to the membrane that communicate changes that occur outside the edges of the cell inside, activating a cellular response when appropriate. G proteins, when activated, affect a wide range of cascading effector systems both positively and negatively (eg, ion channels, protein kinase cascades, transcription, transmigration of adhesion proteins, and the like).
Adrenergic receptors (AR) are members of the G protein-coupled receptors that are composed of a family of three receptor subtypes: al (A, B, D) 2 (A, E, C), and ß (i, 2) , 3) X ~ 5 These receptors are expressed in tissues of various systems and organs of mammals and the proportions of the a and b receptors are tissue dependent. For example, tissues of bronchial smooth muscle express several ß2-AR while those of cutaneous blood vessels contain only subtypes -AR.
It has been established that the ß2-.AR subtype is involved in respiratory diseases such as asthma, 6 chronic bronchitis, nervous system damage, and premature delivery8. Currently, several drugs for example, albuterol, formoterol, isoprenolol, or salmeterol that have β2-AR agonist activities are being used to treat asthma. However, these drugs have limited utility because they are either non-selective and therefore cause adverse side effects such as muscle tremor, tachycardia, palpitations, and agitation, 6 or have a short duration of action and / or a short time of action attack. Accordingly, there is a need for β2-selective αAR agonists which have a rapid action and have an increased potency and / or longer duration of action.
The multiple-binding compounds of the present invention satisfy this need.
B. DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
This invention is directed to novel multiple binding compounds (agents) that are agonists or partial agonists of the β2 adrenergic receptor and are therefore useful in the treatment and prevention of respiratory diseases such as asthma and chronic bronchitis. They are also useful in the treatment of nervous system injury and premature delivery.
Accordingly, in one of its compositional aspects, this invention provides a multiple-linking compound of Formula (I):
(L) p (X) q (I)
where:
p is an integer from 2 to 10;
q is an integer from 1 to 20;
X is a linker; and L is a ligand where:
One of the ligands, L, is selected from a compound of formula (a): (a)
where :
Ar1 and Ar2 are independently selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, and heterocyclyl wherein each of said substituents Ar1 and Ar2 optionally binds the ligand to a linker;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl, or R1 is a covalent bond linking the ligand to a linker;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aralkyl, acyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, and substituted cycloalkyl, or R2 is a covalent bond linking the ligand to a linker;
W is a covalent bond linking the group -NR2- to Ar2, alkylene or substituted alkylene where one or more of the carbon atoms in said alkylene or substituted alkylene group which is optionally replaced by a substituent selected from -NRa- (where Ra is hydrogen, alkyl, acyl, or a covalent bond linking the ligand to a linker), -O-, -S (0) n (where n is an integer from 0 to 2), -CO-, - PRb- (wherein Rb is alkyl), - P (0) 2-, and -OP (0) 0- and later where said alkylene or substituted alkylene group optionally binds the ligand to a linker provided that at least one of Ar1, Ar2, R1, R2, or W binds the ligand to a linker; Y
the other ligands are independently selected from a compound of formula (b):
-Q-Ar3
(b)
where :
Ar 3 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, and heterocyclyl;
Q, which binds the other ligand to the linker, is selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond, alkylene, or a substituted alkylene group where one or more of the carbon atoms in said alkylene or substituted alkylene group is optionally replaced by a substituent selected from -NRa - (where Ra is hydrogen, alkyl, acyl, or a covalent bond linking the ligand to a linker), -0-, -S (0) n- (where n is an integer from 0 to 2), -CO-, -PRb- (where RD is alkyl), -P (0) 2-, and -OP (0) 0-; Y
pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof provided that:
(i) when the multiple-linking compound of Formula (I) is a compound of formula:
where Ar1 and Ar3 are aryl, then both W and X are not alkylene or alkylene-O-;
(ii) when the multiple-linking compound of Formula
(I) is a compound of the formula: Ar 1 is 4-hydroxy-2-ethylphenyl, Ar 2 is aryl, Ar 3 is aryl or heterocyclyl, W is styrene, Q is a covalent bond, R 1 is alkyl, then the X linker is not linked to the group Ar3 through an oxygen atom; Y
(iii) when the multiple-linking compound of Formula (I) is a compound of formula:
where Ar1 and Ar3 are aryl, is alkylene, Ar is aryl or cycloalkyl, Q is a covalent bond, then X is not -alkylene-O-.
More preferably, each linker, X, in the multiple-linking compound of Formula (I) independently has the formula:
-X to -Z- (Ya-Z) m-Xa- where
m is an integer from 0 to 20; Xa at each separate occurrence is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S-, -NR-, -C (O) -, -C (0) 0-, -OC (O) -, -C (0) NR-, -NRC (O) -, C (S), -C (S) 0-, -C (S) NR-, -NRC (S) -, or a covalent bond where R is as defined below;
Z at each separate occurrence is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, substituted alkylene, cycloalkylene, substituted cycloalkylene, alkenylene, substituted alkenylene, alkynylene, substituted alkynylene, cycloalkenylene, substituted cycloalkenylene, arylene, heteroarylene, heterocycle, or a covalent bond;
Each Ya to each separate occurrence is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -C (O) -, -0C (0) -, -C (0) 0-, -NR-, -S (0) n-, ~ C (0) NR'-, -NR'C (O) -, -NR 'C (0) NR' -, -NR'C (S) NR'-, -C (= NR ') -NR' -, -NR'-C (= NR ') -, -0C (0) -NR'-, -NR'-C (0) -0-, -N = C (Xa) -NR'-, -NR '-C (Xa) = N-, -P (0) (OR') -0-, -0-P (0) (OR ') -, -S (0) nCR'R "-, -S ( 0) n-NR'-, -NR'-S (0) n-, -SS-, and a covalent bond, where n is O, lo 2; R, R 'and R "at each separate occurrence are selected of the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic, and Xa is as defined above.
Preferably, q is less than p in the multiple-binding compounds of this invention.
In yet another aspect of these compositional aspects, this invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and an effective amount of a multiple-linking compound of Formula (I):
(L) p (X) q (I) where:
p is in whole from 2 to 10;
q is an integer from 1 to 20;
X is a linker; Y
L is a ligand where:
One of the ligands, L, is selected from a compound of formula (a):
(to)
where:
Ar1 and Ar2 are independently selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, and heterocyclyl wherein each of said substituents Ar1 and Ar2 optionally binds the ligand to a linker;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl, or R1 is a covalent bond linking the ligand to a linker;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aralkyl, acyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, and substituted cycloalkyl, or R2 is a covalent bond linking the ligand to a linker;
W is a covalent bond joining the -NR-- to Ar2, alkylene or substituted alkylene group where one or more of the carbon atoms in said alkylene or substituted alkylene group which is optionally replaced by a substituent selected from -NRa - (where Ra is hydrogen, alkyl, acyl, or a covalent bond linking the ligand to a linker), -O-, -S (0) n (where n is an integer from 0 to 2), -CO-, -PR- (where Rb is alkyl), -P (0) 2-, and -OP (O) O- and later where said alkylene or substituted alkylene group optionally binds the ligand to a linker provided that minus one of Ar1, Ar2, R1, R2, or W binds the ligand to a linker; Y
the other ligands are independently selected from a compound of formula (b):
-Q-Ar3
(b)
where:
Ar 3 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, and heterocyclyl;
Q, which binds the other ligand to the linker, is selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond, alkylene, or a substituted alkylene group where one or more of the carbon atoms in said alkylene or substituted alkylene group is optionally replaced by a substituent selected from -NRa
(where Ra is hydrogen, alkyl, acyl, or a covalent bond linking the ligand to a linker), -O-, -S (0) n- (where n is an integer from 0 to 2), -CO-, -PRb- (where Rb is alkyl), -P (0) 2-, and -OP (O) O-; Y
pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof provided that:
(i) when the multiple-linking compound of Formula (I) is a compound of formula:
where Ar1 and Ar3 are aryl, then both W and X are not alkylene or alkylene-O-;
(ii) when the multiple-linking compound of Formula (I) is a compound of formula:
where Ar1 is 4-hydroxy-2-methylphenyl, Ar2 is aryl, Ar3 is aryl or heterocyclyl, W is stylene, Q is a covalent bond, R1 is alkyl, then linker X is not linked to the group Ar3 through an atom of oxygen; Y
(iii) when the multiple-linking compound of Formula (I) is a compound of formula:
where Ar1, Ar2, Ar3, R1, R2 are as defined above, W is alkylene, and Q is a covalent bond, then X is not -alkylene-O-.
More preferably, each linker, X, in the multiple-linking compound of Formula (I) independently has the formula:
-X to -Z- (Ya-Z) m-Xa- where
m is an integer from 0 to 20;
Xa at each separate occurrence is selected from the group consisting of -0-, -S-, -NR-, -C (0) -, -C (0) 0-, -0C (0) -, -C (0) NR-, -NRC (O) -, C (S), -C (S) 0-, -C (S) .NR-, -NRC (S) -, OR a covalent bond where R is as defined below;
Z at each separate occurrence is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, substituted alkylene, cycloalkylene, substituted cycloalkylene, alkenylene, substituted alkenylene, alkynylene, substituted alkynylene, cycloalkenylene, substituted cycloalkenylene, arylene, heteroarylene, heterocycle, or a covalent bond;
Each Ya to each separate occurrence is selected from the group consisting of -0-, -C (0) -, -0C (0) -, -C (0) 0-, -NR-, -S (0) n-, -C (0) NR'-, -NR'C (O) -, -NR 'C (0) NR' -, -NR'C (S) NR'-, -C (= NR ') -NR' -, -NR'-C (= NR ') -, -0C (0) -NR'-, -NR'-C (0) -0-, -N = C (Xa) -NR'-, -NR '-C (Xa) = N-, -P (0) (OR') -0-, -0-P (0) (0R ') -, -S (0) nCR'R "-, -S ( 0) n-NR'-, -NR'-S (0) n-, -SS-, and a covalent bond, where n is 0, so 2; R, R 'and R "at each separate occurrence are selected of the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic, and Xa is as defined above.
In yet another aspect, this invention provides a method for treating diseases mediated by a β2 adrenergic receptor in a mammal, said method comprising administering to said mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a compound of Multiple linkage of Formula (I):
(L) p (X) q (I)
where:
p is in whole from 2 to 10; q is an integer from 1 to 20; X is a linker; Y
L is a ligand where:
One of the ligands, L, is selected from a compound of formula (a):
(to)
where;
Ar1 and Ar2 are independently selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, and heterocyclyl wherein each of said substituents Ar1 and Ar2 optionally binds the ligand to a linker;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl, or R1 is a covalent bond linking the ligand to a linker;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aralkyl, acyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, and substituted cycloalkyl, or R2 is a covalent bond linking the ligand to a linker; W is a covalent bond linking the group -NR2- to Ar2, alkylene or substituted alkylene where one or more of the carbon atoms in said alkylene or substituted alkylene group which is optionally replaced by a substituent selected from -NRa- (where Ra is hydrogen, alkyl, acyl, or a covalent bond linking the ligand to a linker), -0-, -S (0) n (where n is an integer from 0 to 2), -CO-, - PRb- (wherein Rb is alkyl), -P (0) 2-, and -OP (0) 0- and later where said alkylene or substituted alkylene group optionally binds the ligand to a linker provided that at least one of Ar1, Ar2, R1, R2, or W binds the ligand to a linker; Y
the other ligands are independently selected from a compound of formula (b):
- Q-Ar3 (b)
where :
Ar 3 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, and heterocyclyl; Q, which binds the other ligand to the linker, is selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond, alkylene, or a substituted alkylene group where one or more of the carbon atoms in said alkylene or substituted alkylene group is optionally replaced by a substituent selected from -NRa
(where Ra is hydrogen, alkyl, acyl, or a covalent bond linking the ligand to a linker), -O-, -S (0) n_
(where n is an integer from 0 to 2), -CO-, -PRb- (where Rb is alkyl), -P (0) 2-, and -O-P (O) O-; Y
pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof provided that:
(iv) when the multiple-linking compound of Formula (I) is a compound of formula:
where Ar1 and Ar3 are aryl, then as much as X are not alkylene or alkylene-O-;
(v) when the multiple-linking compound of Formula (I) is a compound of formula:
where Ar1 is 4-hydroxy-2-methylphenyl, Ar2 is aryl, Ar3 is aryl or heterocyclyl, W is stylene, Q is a covalent bond, R1 is alkyl, then linker X is not linked to the group Ar3 through an atom of oxygen; Y
(vi) when the multiple-linking compound of Formula (I) is a compound of formula:
where Ar1, Ar2, Ar3, R1, R2 are as defined above, W is alkylene, and Q is a covalent bond, then X is not -alkylene-O-.
More preferably, each linker, X, in the multiple-linking compound of Formula (I) independently has the formula:
-X to -Z- (Ya-Z) m-Xa- where m is an integer from 0 to 20; Xa at each separate occurrence is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S-, -NR-, -C (O) -, -C (0) 0-, -OC (O) -, -C (0) NR-, -NRC (O) -, C (S), -C (S) 0-, -C (S) NR-, -NRC (S) -, or a covalent bond where R is as defined below;
Z at each separate occurrence is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, substituted alkylene, cycloalkylene, substituted cycloalkylene, alkenylene, substituted alkenylene, alkynylene, substituted alkynylene, cycloalkenylene, substituted cycloalkenylene, arylene, heteroarylene, heterocycle, or a covalent bond;
Each Ya to each separate occurrence is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -C (O) -, -OC (O) -, -C (0) 0-, -NR-, -S (0) n- / -C (0) NR'-, -NR'C (O) -, -NR 'C (O) NR' -, -NR'C (S) NR'-, -C (= NR ') -NR' -, -NR'-C (= NR ') -, -OC (0) -NR'-, -NR'-C (0) -0-, -N = C (Xa) -NR'-, -NR '-C (Xa) = N-, -P (O) (OR') -O-, -0-P (0) (OR ') -, -S (0) nCR'R "-, -S ( 0) n-NR'-, -NR'-S (0) "-, -SS-, and a covalent bond, where n is 0, lo 2; R, R 'and R" at each separate occurrence are selected of the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic, and Xa is as defined above.
In yet another aspect, this invention is directed to general synthetic methods for the generation of large libraries of various multimeric compounds whose multimeric compounds are candidates for the possession of multiple binding properties with the adrenergic β2 receptor. The various libraries of multimeric compounds provided by this invention are synthesized by combining a linker or linkers with a ligand or ligands to provide a library of multimeric compounds wherein both the linker and the ligand have complementary functional groups that allow a covalent linkage. The library of linkers is selected such that it has various properties such as valence, length of the linker, geometry and rigidity of the linker, hydrophilicity or hydrophobicity, amphiphilicity, acidity, alkalinity and polarization. The library of ligands is selected such that they have various binding sites in the same ligand, different functional groups in the same site, otherwise the same ligand, and the like.
This invention is also directed to libraries of various multimeric compounds whose multimeric compounds are candidates for the possession of multiple binding properties with the adrenergic β2 receptor. These libraries are prepared via the methods described above and allow the rapid and efficient evaluation of any molecular coercion that imparts multiple binding properties to a ligand or a class of ligands that have a preference for a receptor.
Accordingly, in one of these aspects of the method, this invention is directed to a method for the identification of multimeric ligand compounds that possess multiple binding properties with the adrenergic β2 receptor whose method comprises:
(a) the identification of a ligand or a mixture of ligands wherein each ligand contains at least one reactive functionality;
(b) identifying a library of ligands wherein each linker of said library comprises at least two functional groups that have complementary reactivity with at least one of the reactive functional groups of the ligand;
(c) the preparation of a library of multimeric ligand compounds by combining at least two stegeometric equivalents of the ligand or mixture of ligands identified in (a) with the library of linkers identified in (b) under conditions wherein the functional groups complementary ones react to form a covalent bond between said linker and at least two of said ligands; Y
(d) the assay of multimeric ligand compounds produced in (c) above to identify multimeric ligand compounds that possess multiple binding properties with the adrenergic β2 receptor.
In another of these aspects of the method, this invention is directed to a method for identifying multimeric ligand compounds possessing multiple binding properties with the adrenergic β2 receptor whose method comprises:
(a) identification of a library of ligands wherein each ligand contains at least one reactive functionality;
(b) the identification of a linker or mixture of linkers wherein each linker comprises at least two functional groups having complementary reactivity with at least one of the reactive functional groups of the ligand;
(c) the preparation of a library of multimeric ligand compounds by combining at least two stoichiometric equivalents of the library of ligands identified in (a) with the linker or mixture of linkers identified in (b) under conditions wherein the groups complementary functional groups react to form a covalent linkage between said linker and at least two of said ligands; Y
(d) the assay of multimeric ligand compounds produced in (c) above to identify multimeric ligand compounds that possess multiple binding properties with the adrenergic β2 receptor.
The library preparation of multimeric ligand compounds is completed either by the sequential or concurrent combination of the two or more stoichiometric equivalents of the ligands identified in (a) with the linkers identified in (b).
Sequential addition is preferred when a mixture of different ligands is employed to ensure that the heterodimeric or multimeric compounds are prepared. The concurrent addition of the ligands occurs when at least a portion of the multimeric compounds prepared are homomultimeric compounds.
The assay protocols recited in (d) can be carried out in the library of multimeric ligand compounds produced in (c) above, or preferably, each member of the library is isolated by preparative liquid chromatography mass spectrometry (LCMS).
In one of these aspects of composition, this invention is directed to a library of multimeric ligand compounds which may possess multivalent properties with the β2 adrenergic receptor whose library is prepared by the method comprising:
(a) the identification of a ligand or a mixture of ligands wherein each ligand contains at least one reactive functionality;
(b) identifying a library of linkers wherein each linker of said library comprises at least two functional groups having complementary reactivity with at least one of the reactive functional groups of the ligand;
(c) the preparation of a library of multimeric ligand compounds by combining at least two stoichiometric equivalents of the ligand or mixture of ligands identified in (a) with the library of linkers identified in (b) under conditions wherein the functional groups Complementaries react to form a covalent linkage between said linker and at least two of said ligands.
In another of these aspects of composition, this invention is directed to a library of multimeric ligand compounds which may possess multivalent properties with the adrenergic β2 receptor whose library is prepared by the method comprising:
(a) identification of a library of ligands wherein each ligand contains at least one reactive functionality;
(b) the identification of a linker or mixture of linkers wherein each linker comprises at least two functional groups having complementary reactivity with at least one of the reactive functional groups of the ligand;
(c) the preparation of a library of multimeric ligand compounds by combining at least two stoichiometric equivalents of the library of ligands identified in (a) with the linker or mixture of linkers identified in (b) under conditions wherein the groups Complementary functional groups react to form a covalent bond between said linker and at least two of said ligands.
In a preferred embodiment, the library of linkers employed either in the methods or aspects of the library of this invention is selected from the group comprising flexible linkers, rigid linkers, hydrophobic linkers, hydrophilic linkers, linkers of different geometry, acid linkers , basic linkers, linkers of different polarization and amphiphilic linkers. For example, in one embodiment, each of the linkers in the linker library may comprise linkers of different chain length and / or having different complementary reactive groups. Such lengths of the linkers may preferably fall within the range from about 2 to 100 Á.
In another preferred embodiment, the ligand or mixture of ligands is selected to have reactive functionality at different sites on said ligands in order to provide a range of orientations of said ligand in said multimeric ligand compounds. Such reactive functionality includes, by way of example, carboxylic acids, carboxylic acid halides, carboxyl esters, amines, halides, isocyanates, vinyl unsaturation, ketones, aldehydes, thiols, alcohols, anhydrides and precursors thereof. It is understood, of course, that the reactive functionality in the ligand is selected to be complementary to at least one of the reactive groups in the linker such that a covalent linkage can be formed between the linker and the ligand.
In other embodiments, the multimeric ligand compound is homomeric (e.g., each of the ligands is the same, although it may be linked at different points) or heterodimeric (e.g., at least one of the ligands is different from the other ligands).
In addition to the combinatorial methods described herein, this invention stipulates an integrative process for the rational evaluation of which molecular constraints impart multiple binding properties to a class of multimeric compounds or ligands that exhibit affinity for a receptor. Specifically, this aspect of the method is directed to a method for the identification of multimeric ligand compounds that possess multiple binding properties with the adrenergic β2 receptor whose method comprises:
(a) the preparation of a first collection or iteration of multimeric compounds which is prepared by contacting at least two stoichiometric equivalents of the ligand or mixture of ligands which have affinity for a receptor with a linker or mixture of linkers wherein said ligand or mixture of ligands comprises at least one reactive functionality and said linker or mixture of linkers comprises at least two functional groups having complementary reactivity with at least one of the reactive functional groups of the ligand e wherein said contact is carried out under conditions wherein the complementary functional groups react to form a covalent linkage between said linker and at least two of said ligands;
(b) testing said first collection or iteration of multimeric compounds to assess which of said multimeric compounds possess multiple binding properties with the adrenergic β2 receptor if they have them;
(c) repeating the process of (a) and (b) above until it is found that at least one multimeric compound possesses multiple binding properties with the adrenergic β2 receptor;
(d) the evaluation of which molecular coactions impart multiple binding properties with the adrenergic β2 receptor to the multimeric compound or compounds found in the first iteration recited in (a) - (c) above;
(e) the creation of a second collection or iteration of multimeric compounds which are elaborated on the particular molecular constraints that impart multiple binding properties to the compound or multimeric compounds found in said first iteration;
(f) the evaluation of which molecular constraints impart enhanced multiple binding properties to the multimeric compound or compounds found in the second collection or iteration recited in (e) above;
(g) the optional repetition of Steps (e) and (f) to elaborate further on said molecular constraints.
Preferably, Steps (e) and (f) are repeated at least twice, more preferably from 2-50 times, still more preferably from 3 to 50 times, and even more preferably at least 5-50 times.
B.REV? DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
FIG. 1 illustrates examples of multiple binding compounds comprising 2 ligands attached in different formats to a linker.
FIG. 2 illustrates examples of multiple binding compounds comprising 3 ligands attached in different formats to a linker.
FIG. 3 illustrates examples of multiple binding compounds comprising 4 ligands attached in different formats to a linker.
FIG. 4 illustrates examples of multiple binding compounds comprising > 4 ligands attached in different formats to a linker.
FIGs. 5-13 illustrate the synthesis of compounds of Formula (I).
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
Definitions
This invention is directed to multiple binding compounds which are β2 adrenergic receptor agonists, pharmaceutical compositions containing such compounds and methods for the treatment of diseases mediated by the β2 adrenergic receptor in mammals. When such compounds, compositions or methods are discussed, the following terms have the following meanings unless indicated otherwise. Any of the undefined terms have their meanings recognized in the state of the art.
The term "alkyl" refers to a branched saturated hydrocarbon chain with a monoradical or unbranched which preferably has from 1 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and even more preferably from 1 to 6 carbon atoms of carbon. This term is exemplified by groups such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, n-hexyl, n-decyl, tetradecyl, and the like.
The term "substituted alkyl" refers to an alkyl group as defined above, having from 1 to 5 substituents, and preferably from 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocycloxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro , -SO-alkyl, -SO-substituted alkyl, -SO-aryl, -SO-heteroaryl, -S02-alkyl, -S02-substituted alkyl, -S02-aryl and -S02-heteroaryl. This term is exemplified by groups such as hydroxymethyl, hydroxyethyl, hydroxypropyl, 2-aminoethyl, 3-aminopropyl, 2-methylaminoethyl, 3-dimethylaminopropyl, 2-sulfonamidoethyl, 2-carboxyethyl, and the like.
The term "alkylene" refers to a diradical of a branched or unbranched saturated hydrocarbon chain, preferably having from 1 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably from 1 to 10 carbon atoms and even more preferably from 1 to 6 carbon atoms of carbon. This term is exemplified by groups such as methylene (-CH2-), ethylene (-CH2CH2-), propylene isomers (e.g., -CH2CH2CH2- and -CH (CH3) CH2-) and the like.
The term "substituted alkylene" refers to an alkylene group, as defined above, having 1 to 5 substituents, and preferably 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocyclooxy, hydroxy ino, alkoxy, nitro, -SO-alkyl, -SO-substituted alkyl, -SO-aryl, -SO-heteroaryl, -S02-alkyl, -S02-alkyl substituted, -S02-aryl and -S02-heteroaryl. Additionally, such substituted alkylene groups include those wherein 2 substituents on the alkylene group are fused to form one or more substituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, heterocyclic or heteroaryl groups fused to the alkylene group. Preferably such fused groups contain from 1 to 3 fused ring-shaped structures.
The term "alkaryl" or "aralkyl" refers to the groups -alkylene-aryl and -alkylene-substituted-aryl where the alkylene, the substituted alkylene and the aryl are as defined herein. Such alkaryl groups are exemplified by benzyl, phenethyl and the like.
The term "heteroaralkyl" refers to the groups -alkylene-heteroaryl and -alkylene-substituted-heteroaryl wherein the alkylene, the substituted alkylene and the heteroaryl are as defined herein. Such heteroaralkyl groups are exemplified by pyridine-3-methyl, pyridine-3-ylmethyloxy, and the like.
The term "alkoxy" refers to the alkyl-0-, alkenyl-O-, cycloalkyl-O-, cycloalkenyl-O-, and alkynyl-O- groups, wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, and alkynyl are it is defined here. Preferred akoxy groups are alkyl-O- and include, by way of example, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, iso-propoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy , 1,2-dimethylbutoxy, and the like.
The term "substituted alkoxy" refers to the alkyl-0-substituted, alkenyl-O-substituted, cycloalkyl-O-substituted, cycloalkenyl-O-substituted, and alkynyl-O-substituted groups where the substituted alkyl, the substituted alkenyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkenyl and substituted alkynyl are as defined herein.
The term "alkenyl" refers to a monoradical of a group of branched or unbranched unsaturated hydrocarbons preferably having 2 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms and even more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms. carbon and having at least 1 and preferably 1-6 vinyl restoration sites. Preferred alkenyl groups include ethenyl (-CH = CH2), n-propenyl (-CH2CH = CH2), iso-propenyl (-C (CH) 3 = CH2), and the like.
The term "substituted alkenyl" refers to an alkenyl group as defined above having from 1 to 5 substituents, and preferably from 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenyl substituted, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, amino substituted, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocycloxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro, -SO-alkyl, -SO-substituted alkyl, -SO-aryl, -SO-heteroaryl, -S02-alkyl, -S02-substituted alkyl, -S02 -aryl and -S02-heteroaryl.
The term "alkenylene" refers to a diradical of a group of branched or unbranched unsaturated hydrocarbons preferably having from 2 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably from 2 to 10 carbon atoms and even more preferably from 2 to 6 carbon atoms. carbon and having at least 1 and preferably 1-6 vinyl restoration sites. This term is exemplified by groups such as ethenylene (-CH = CH-), propenylene isomers (for example, -CH 2 CH = CH-, -C (CH 3) = CH-), and the like.
The term "substituted alkenylene" refers to an alkenylene group as defined above having from 1 to 5 substituents, and preferably from 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenyl substituted, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, amino substituted, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocyloxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro, -SO-alkyl, -SO-substituted alkyl, -SO-aryl, -SO-heteroaryl, -S02-alkyl, -SO? -substituted alkyl, - S02-aryl and -S02-heteroaryl. Additionally, such substituted alkenylene groups include those wherein 2 substituents on the alkenylene group are fused to form one or more substituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, heterocyclic or heteroaryl groups fused to the alkenylene group.
The term "alkynyl" refers to a monoradical of an unsaturated hydrocarbon having preferably from 2 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably from 2 to 20 carbon atoms and even more preferably from 2 to 6 carbon atoms and having at least less 1 and preferably 1-6 sites of installation (triple bond) of acetylene. Preferred alkynyl groups include ethynyl (-C = CH), propargyl (-CH2C = CH) and the like.
The term "substituted alkynyl" refers to an alkynyl group as defined above having from 1 to 5 substituents, and preferably from 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenyl substituted, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, amino substituted, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocycloxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxy, nitro, -SO-alkyl, -SO-substituted alkyl, -SO-aryl, -SO-heteroaryl, -S02-alkyl, -S02-substituted alkyl, - S02-aryl and -S02-heteroaryl.
The term "alkynylene" refers to a diradical of an unsaturated hydrocarbon having preferably from 2 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably from 2 to 10 carbon atoms and even more preferably from 2 to 6 carbon atoms and having less 1 and preferably 1-6 sites of installation (triple bond) of acetylene. Preferred alkynylene groups include ethynylene (-C = C-), propargylene (-CH2C = C-) and the like.
The term "substituted alkynylene" refers to an alkynylene group as defined above having from 1 to 5 substituents, and preferably from 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenyl substituted, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, amino substituted, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocyloxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro, -SO-alkyl, -SO-substituted alkyl, -SO-aryl, -SO-heteroaryl, -S02-alkyl, -S02-substituted alkyl, -S 2-aryl and -S02-heteroaryl.
The term "acyl" refers to the groups HC (O) -, alkyl-C (O) -, alkyl-C (O) -substituted, alkenyl-C (O) -, alkenyl-C (O) -substituted, cycloalkyl-C (O) -, C (O) -substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl-C (O) -, cycloalkenyl-C (O) -substituted, aryl-C (O) -, heteroaryl-C (O) - and heterocyclic-C (O) - wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic are as defined herein.
The term "acylamino" or "aminocarbonyl" refers to the group -C (0) NRR where each R is independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclic or where both R groups are joined to form a heterocyclic group ( example, morpholino) wherein the alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic are as defined herein.
The term "sulfonylamino" refers to the group -NRS02Ra where R is hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aralkyl, or heteroaralkyl, and Ra is alkyl, substituted alkyl, amino, or substituted amino wherein the alkyl, substituted alkyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl and substituted amino are as defined herein.
The term "inactivate" refers to the group -NRC (0) R wherein each R is independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, amino, substituted amino, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclic wherein alkyl, alkyl substituted, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic are as defined herein.
The term "aminoacyloxy" or "alkoxycarbonylamino" refers to the group -NRC (0) 0R wherein each R is independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclic wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic they are as defined here.
The term "acyloxy" refers to the groups alkyl-C (0) 0-, alkyl-C (0) 0 -substituted, cycloalkyl-C (O) O-, cycloalkyl-C (0) 0 -substituted, aryl- C (0) 0-, heteroaryl-C (0) 0-, and heterocyclic-C (0) 0- wherein the alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclic are as defined herein.
The term "aryl" refers to an unsaturated aromatic carbocyclic group having from 6 to 20 carbon atoms having a single ring (e.g., phenyl) or multiple rings (e.g., naphthyl or anthryl) fused (fused). Optionally, the aryl group can be fused with a heterocyclic or cycloalkyl group. Preferred aryls include phenyl, naphthyl and the like. Unless otherwise required by the definition of the aryl substituent, such aryl groups may be optionally substituted with 1 to 5 substituents, preferably 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of acyloxy, hydroxy, thiol, acyl, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted alkyl, substituted alkoxy, substituted alkenyl, substituted alkynyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, acylamino, sulfonylamino, alkaryl, aryl, aryloxy, azido, carboxyl , carboxylalkyl, cyano, halo, nitro, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocycloxy, aminoacyloxy, oxyacylamino, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, -SO-alkyl, - SO-substituted alkyl, -SO-aryl, -SO-heteroaryl , -S02- alkyl, -S02-substituted alkyl, -S02-aryl, -S02- heteroaryl and trihalomethyl. Preferred aryl substituents include alkyl, alkoxy, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, and thioalkoxy. The term "aryloxy" refers to the group aryl-O- wherein the aryl group is as defined above including optionally substituted aryl groups also as defined above.
The term "arylene" refers to the diradical derived from the aryl (including the substituted aryl) as defined above and is exemplified by 1,2-phenylene, 1,3-phenylene, 1,4-phenylene, 1,2-naphthylene and similar.
The term "amino" refers to the group -NH2.
The term "substituted amino" refers to the group -NRR wherein each R is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, acyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl , aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic provided that both R 's are not hydrogen.
The term "carboxyalkyl" or "alkoxycarbonyl" refers to the groups "-C (0) O-alkyl", "-C (0) O-substituted alkyl", "-C (0) 0 -cycloalkyl", " -C (0) O-substituted cycloalkyl "," -C (O) O-alkenyl "," -C (0) O-substituted alkenyl "," -C (0) 0-alkynyl "and" -C (0) O-substituted alkynyl "wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl and substituted alkynyl are as defined herein.
The term "cycloalkyl" refers to cyclic alkyl groups of 3 to 20 carbon atoms having a single cyclic ring or multiple fused rings, said cycloalkyl group may be optionally fused to an aryl or heteroaryl group. Such cycloalkyl groups include, by way of example, single ring structures such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclooctyl, and the like, or multi-ring structures such as adamantanyl, and the like.
The term "substituted cycloalkyl" refers to cycloalkyl groups having from 1 to 5 substituents, and preferably from 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl. substituted, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocycloxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro, -SO-alkyl, -SO-substituted alkyl, -SO-aryl, -SO-heteroaryl, -S02-alkyl, -S02- substituted alkyl, -S02-aryl and -S02-heteroaryl.
The term "cycloalkenyl" refers to cyclic alkenyl groups having from 4 to 20 carbon atoms having a single cyclic ring and at least one point of internal unsaturation. Examples of suitable cycloalkenyl groups include, for example, cyclobut-2-enyl, cyclopent-3-enyl, cyclooct-3-enyl and the like.
The term "substituted cycloalkenyl" refers to cycloalkenyl groups having from 1 to 5 substituents, and preferably from 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl. substituted, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocycloxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro, -S0-alkyl, -SO-substituted alkyl, -SO-aryl, -S0-heteroaryl, -S02-alkyl, -S02- substituted alkyl, -S02-aryl and -S02-heteroaryl.
The term "halo" or "halogen" refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
The term "heteroaryl" refers to an aromatic group having from 1 to 15 carbon atoms and from 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur within at least one ring (if there is more than one ring). The heteroaryl ring may be optionally fused to a cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl ring. Unless otherwise required by the definition of the heteroaryl substituent, such heteroaryl groups can be optionally substituted with 1 to 5 substituents, preferably 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of acyloxy, hydroxy, thiol, acyl, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted alkyl, substituted alkoxy, substituted alkenyl, substituted alkynyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, acylamino, alkaryl, aryl, aryloxy, azido, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, cyano, halo, nitro, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocycle, aminoacyloxy, oxyacylamino, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, -S0-alkyl, -SO-substituted alkyl, -SO-aryl, -S0-heteroaryl, -S02-alkyl, -S02-substituted alkyl, -S02-aryl, -S02-heteroaryl and trihalomethyl. Preferred heteroaryl substituents include alkyl, alkoxy, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, and thioalkoxy. Such heteroaryl groups can have a single ring
(e.g., pyridyl or furyl) or multiple fused rings (e.g., indolizinyl or benzothienyl). Preferred heteroaryls include pyridyl, pyrrolyl and furyl. The term "heteroaryloxy" refers to the heteroaryl-O- group.
The term "heteroarylene" refers to the diradical group derived from heteroaryl (including substituted heteroaryl), as defined above, and is exemplified by the groups 2,6-pyridylene, 2,4-pyridinylene, 1,2-quinolinylene, 1, 8-quinolinylene, 1,4-benzofuranylene, 2,5-pyridinylene, 2,5-indolenyl, and the like.
The term "cycloalkylene" refers to the diradical group derived from the cycloalkyl, as defined above, and is exemplified by the groups 1, 6-cyclohexylene, 1,3-cyclopentylene, and the like.
The term "substituted cycloalkylene" refers to the diradical group derived from the substituted cycloalkyl, as defined above. The term "cycloalkenylene" refers to the diradical group derived from the cycloalkyl, as defined above.
The term "substituted cycloalkenylene" refers to the diradical group derived from the substituted cycloalkenyl, as defined above.
The term "heterocycle" or "heterocyclyl" refers to an unsaturated group of saturated onoradicals having a single ring or multiple fused rings, from 1 to 40 carbon atoms and from 1 to 10 heteroatoms, preferably from 1 to 4 heteroatoms, selected of nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, and / or oxygen within the ring and subsequently where one, two, or three of the ring carbon atoms can be optionally replaced with a carbonyl group (eg, a keto group). Unless otherwise defined by the definition of the heterocyclic substituent, such heterocyclic groups may be optionally substituted with 1 to 5, and preferably 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl. substituted, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocycloxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro, -SO-alkyl, -SO-substituted alkyl, -SO-aryl, -SO-heteroaryl, -S02-alkyl, -S02- substituted alkyl, -S02-aryl and -S? 2 ~ heteroaryl. Such heterocyclic groups may have a single ring or multiple fused rings. Preferred heterocyclics include morpholino, piperidinyl, and the like. Examples of heteroaryls and heterocycles include, but are not limited to, pyrrole, thiophene, furan, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, indolizine, isoindol, indole, indazole, purine, quinolizine, isoquinoline, quinoline, phthalazine, naphthylpyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline, pteridine, carbazole, carboline, phenanthridine, acridine, phenanthroline, isothiazole, phenazine, isoxazole, phenoxazine, phenothiazine, imidazolidine, imidazoline, pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, indoline, morpholine, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophene, and the like as well as N-alkoxy-nitrogen containing heterocycles.
The term "heterocyclooxy" refers to the heterocyclic-O- group.
The term "thioheterocyclooxy" refers to the heterocyclic-S- group. The term "heterocycle" refers to the diradical group formed of a heterocycle, as defined herein, and is exemplified by the 2, 6-morpholino, 2, 5-morpholino groups and the like.
The term "oxyacylamino" or "aminocarbonyloxy" refers to the group -OC (0) NRR where each R is independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclic wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic they are as defined here.
The term "cycloalkyl group adhered to spiro" refers to a cycloalkyl group attached to another ring via a carbon atom common to both rings.
The term "thiol" refers to the group -SH.
The term "thioalkoxy" or "alkylthio" refers to the group -S-alkyl.
The term "substituted thioalkoxy" refers to the group -S-substituted alkyl.
The term "thioaryloxy" refers to the group aryl-S- wherein the aryl group is as defined above, optionally including the substituted aryl groups also defined above. The term "thioheteroaryloxy" refers to the group heteroaryl-S- wherein the heteroaryl group is as defined above including optionally the substituted aryl groups also defined above.
As any of the above groups which contain one or more substituents, it is understood, of course, that such groups do not contain any substitution or substitution patterns which are sterically impractical and / or synthetically not feasible. In addition, the compounds of this invention include all the stereochemical isomers that arise from the substitution of these compounds.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers to salts which retain the effectiveness and biological properties of the multiple-binding compounds of this invention and which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable. In many cases, the multiple-binding compounds of this invention are capable of the formation of acid and / or alkali salts by virtue of the presence of amino and / or carboxyl groups or groups similar to these.
The pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts can be prepared from organic and inorganic bases. Salts derived from inorganic bases, include by way of example only sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium and magnesium salts. Bases derived from organic bases include, but are not limited to, salts of primary, secondary and tertiary amines, such as alkyl amines, dialkyl amines, trialkyl amines, substituted alkyl amines, di (substituted alkyl) amines, tri (substituted alkyl) ) amines, alkenyl amines, dialkenyl amines, trialkenyl amines, alkenyl substituted amines, di (alkenyl substituted) amines, tri (alkenyl substituted) amines, cycloalkyl amines, di (cycloalkyl) amines, tri (cycloalkyl) amines, substituted cycloalkyl amines, cycloalkyl disubstituted amine, cycloalkyl trisubstituted amines, cycloalkenyl, di (cycloalkenyl) amines, tri (cycloalkenyl) amines, substituted cycloalkenyl amines, cycloalkenyl disubstituted amine, cycloalkenyl trisubstituted amines, aryl amines, diaryl amines triaryl amines heteroaryl amines diheteroarilo, triheteroarilo amines, heterocyclic amines, diheterocyclic amines, triheterocyclic amines s, di- and tri-amines mixed where at least two of the substituents on the amine are different and are selected from the group consisting of alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl , heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and the like. Also included are the amines where the two or three substituents, together with the amino nitrogen, form a heterocyclic or heteroaryl group. Examples of suitable amines include, by way of example only, isopropylamine, trimethyl amine, diethyl amine, tri (isopropyl) amine, tri (n-propyl) amine, ethanolamine, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, tromethamine, lysine, arginine, histidine, caffeine. , procaine, hydrabamine, choline, botain, ethylenediamine, glucosamine, N-alkylglucamines, teobro ina, purines, piperazine, piperidine, morpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, and the like. It should also be understood that other carboxylic acid derivatives would be useful in the practice of this invention, for example, carboxylic acid amides, including carboxamides, lower alkyl carboxamides, dialkyl carboxamides, and the like.
The pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts can be prepared from inorganic and organic acids. Salts derived from inorganic acids include hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like. Salts derived from organic acids include acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, malic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid, and the like.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable cation" refers to the cation of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
The term "library" refers to at least 3, preferably 102 to 109 and more preferably 102 to 104 multimeric compounds. Preferably, these compounds are prepared as a multiplicity of compounds in a simple solution or reaction of the mixture which allows a simple synthesis of these. In one embodiment, the library of multimeric compounds can be tested directly to demonstrate multiple binding properties. In another embodiment, each member of the library of multimeric compounds is first isolated and, optionally, characterized. This member is then tested to demonstrate multiple binding properties. The term "collection" refers to a set of multimeric compounds which are prepared either sequentially or concurrently (for example, combinatorially). The collection comprises at least two members; preferably from 2 to 109 members and even more preferably from 10 to 104 members.
The term "multimeric compound" refers to compounds comprising 2 to 10 ligands covalently linked through at least one linker whose compounds may or may not possess multiple binding properties (as defined herein).
The term "pseudohalide" refers to functional groups which react in displacement reactions in a manner similar to a halogen. Such functional groups include, by way of example, mesyl, tosyl, azido and cyano groups.
The term "protecting group" or "blocking group" refers to any group which when attached to one or more hydroxyl, thiol, amino or carboxyl groups of the compounds (including intermediates thereof) prevents reactions from occurring in these groups and whose protective group can be removed by conventional chemical or enzymatic steps to re-establish the hydroxyl, thiol, amino or carboxyl group (See, 'TW Greene and PGH Wuts, "Protecti ve Groups in Organic Synthesis," 2nd Ed.). The particular removable blocking group employed is not critical and the removable hydroxyl blocking groups include conventional substituents such as allyl, benzyl, acetyl, chloroacetyl, thiobenzyl, benzylidine, phenacyl, t-butyl-diphenylsilyl and any other group that can be chemically introduced. in a hydroxyl functionality and then selectively removed either by chemical or enzymatic methods in low stringent conditions compatible with the nature of the product. Preferred removable thiol blocking groups include disulfide groups, acyl groups, benzyl groups, and the like.
Preferred removable amino blocking groups include conventional substituents such as t-butyloxycarbonyl (t-BOC), benzyloxycarbonyl (CBZ), fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (FMOC), allyloxycarbonyl
(ALOC), and similar which can be removed by conventional conditions compatible with the nature of the product.
Preferred carboxyl protecting groups include esters such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, t-butyl etc. which can be removed by conditions not very rigorous compatible with the nature of the product.
The term "optional" or "optionally" means that the event, circumstance or substituent subsequently described may or may not occur, and that the description includes cases where said event or circumstance occurs and cases where it does not.
The term "ligand" or "ligands" as used herein denotes a compound that is a binding partner with a β2 adrenergic receptor and is bound to it by complementarity. Preferred ligands are those that are either agonists or antagonists of the β2 adrenergic receptor. The specific region or regions of the ligand that is (are) recognized by the receptor is designated as the "ligand domain". A ligand may be capable of either binding to the receptor itself, or may require the presence of one or more non-ligand components for binding (eg, Ca "2, Mg" 2 or a water molecule is required for the binding of a ligand to several ligand binding sites). Examples of the ligands useful in this invention are described herein. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that portions of the ligand structure that are not essential for specific molecular recognition and binding activity can be substantially varied, replaced or substituted with unrelated structures (eg, with auxiliary groups such as it is defined later) and, in some cases, completely omitted without affecting the binding interaction. The primary requirement of a ligand is that it has a ligand domain as defined above. It is understood that it is not intended to limit the term "ligand" to compounds that are known to be useful in their binding to the adrenergic β2 receptor (eg, known drugs). Those skilled in the art will understand that the term "ligand" can be applied in the same way to a molecule that is not normally associated with the β-adrenergic receptor binding properties. Furthermore, it should be noted that ligands that exhibit marginal activity or lack useful activity as monomers can be highly active as multivalent compounds because of the benefits conferred by multivalency.
The term "ligand" or "ligands" as used herein is intended to include the cluster forms of the ligands as well as the individual enantiomers and diastereomers and non-cluster mixtures thereof. The term "multiple binding agent or compound" refers to a compound that is capable of having multivalency, as defined below, and which has 2-10 ligands covalently bound to one or more linkers. In all cases, each ligand and linker in the multiple-bond compound is independently selected such that the multiple-bond compound includes both symmetric compounds (eg, where each ligand and each linker is identical) and asymmetric compounds (eg. example, wherein at least one of the ligands is different from the other ligand (s) and / or at least one linker is different from the other linker (s)). The multiple-binding compounds provide a greater therapeutic and / or biological effect than the aggregate of ligands without binding equivalent thereto which are made available for binding. That is to say that the biological and / or therapeutic effect of the ligands bound to the multiple binding compound is greater than that achieved by the same amount of unlinked ligands made available to bind to the ligand binding sites (receptors). The phrase "increased biological or therapeutic effect" includes, for example: increased affinity, increased target selectivity, increased target specificity, increased potency, increased efficacy, decreased toxicity, duration of activity or enhanced action, ability to kill such cells as pathogenic fungi, tumor cells, etc. increased, decreased side effects, increased therapeutic index, improved bioavailability, improved pharmacokinetics, enhanced activity spectrum, and the like. The multiple-binding compounds of this invention will exhibit at least one and preferably more than one of the aforementioned effects.
The term "univalence" as used herein refers to a simple binding interaction between a ligand as defined herein with a ligand binding site as defined herein. It should be noted that a compound having multiple copies of a ligand (or ligands) exhibits univability when only one ligand is interacting with a ligand binding site. The examples of univalent interactions are represented below.
The term "multivalence" as used herein refers to the concurrent binding of 2 to 10 ligands linked (which may be the same or different) and two or more corresponding receptors (ligand binding sites) which may be the same or different .
For example, two ligands connected through a linker that binds concurrently to two ligand binding sites would be considered as bivalence; three ligands thus connected would be an example of trivalence. An example of a trivalent linkage, illustrating a multiple-bond compound occupying three ligands against a monovalent binding interaction, is shown below:
univalent interaction
trivalent interaction It should be understood that not all compounds containing multiple copies of a ligand attached to a linker or linkers necessarily exhibit the phenomenon of multivalency, for example, that the biological and / or therapeutic effect of the multiple binding agent is greater than the sum of the aggregate of unbound ligands made available for binding to the ligand binding site (receptor). For multivalency to occur, ligands that are connected by a linker or linkers have to be presented to their ligand binding sites by the linker (s) in a specific manner in order to carry out the targeted result to the desired ligand. , and thus produce a multiple union event.
Thereafter, the multiple-binding compound of the present invention may be composed of ligands that are all β2-adrenergic receptor agonists or may be composed of ligands that are selected from the adrenergic β2-receptor agonists and antagonists provided that the multiple linkage exhibits a general activity agonist with the ß2 adrenergic receptor.
The term "potency" refers to the minimum concentration at which a ligand is capable of achieving a desirable biological or therapeutic effect. The potency of a ligand is typically proportional to its affinity for its ligand binding site. In some cases, the power may be correlated non-linearly with its affinity. By comparing the potency of two drugs, for example, a multiple binding agent and the aggregate of its unbound ligand, the dose-response curve of each is determined under identical test conditions (for example, in a test in vi). The discovery that the multiple binding agent produces a biological or therapeutic effect equivalent to a lower concentration than the unbound ligand is indicative of improved potency.
The term "selectivity" or "specificity" is a measure of the binding preferences of a ligand for different ligand binding sites (receptors). The selectivity of a ligand with respect to its target ligand binding site relative to another ligand binding site is given by the rate of the respective Kd values (eg, the dissociation constants for each ligand-receptor complex) or , in cases where a biological effect is observed less than Kd, the rate of the respective EC5o 's (for example, the concentrations that produce 50% of the maximum response for the ligand interacting with the two different ligand binding sites ( receivers)).
The term "ligand binding site" denotes the site on the β-adrenergic receptor that recognizes a ligand domain and provides a binding partner for the ligand. The ligand binding site can be defined by monomeric or multimeric structures. This interaction may be capable of producing a unique biological effect, for example, agonism, antagonism, and modulatory effects or may maintain a long-lasting biological effect, and the like.
It should be recognized that the ligand binding sites of the receptor that participates in the multivalent binding biological interactions are forced to varying degrees by their intra- and intermolecular associations. For example, ligand binding sites can be covalently linked to a single structure, non-covalently associated in a multimeric structure, immersed in a membrane or polymer matrix, and so on and therefore have less translational and rotational freedom than if the same structures were present as monomers in a solution.
The terms "agonism" and "antagonism" are well known in the state of the art. The term "modulatory effect" refers to the ability of the ligand to change the activity of an agonist or antagonist through its binding to a ligand binding site.
The term "inert organic solvent" or "inert solvent" means a solvent which is inert under the conditions of the reaction being described in conjunction with the inclusions, by way of example only, benzene, toluene, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, dimethylformamide, chloroform. , methylene chloride, diethyl ether, ethyl acetate, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, t-butanol, dioxane, pyridine, and the like. Unless otherwise specified, the solvents used in the reactions described herein are inert solvents.
The term "treatment" refers to any treatment of a pathological condition in a mammal, particularly a human, and includes:
(i) preventing the pathological condition from occurring in a subject who may be predisposed to the condition but has not yet been diagnosed with the condition and, therefore, the treatment constitutes the prophylactic treatment for the condition of the disease;
(ii) the inhibition of the pathological condition, for example, stop its development;
(iii) relief of the pathological condition, for example, by causing regression of the pathological condition; or (iv) relief of conditions mediated by the pathological condition.
The term "pathological condition which is modulated by treatment with a ligand" covers all disease states (eg, pathological conditions) which are generally recognized in the state of the art to be usefully treated with a ligand for the ß2 adrenergic receptor in general, and those disease states which have been found to be usefully treated with a specific multiple binding compound of our invention. Such disease states include, by way of example only, the treatment of a mammal affected with asthma, chronic bronchitis, and the like.
The term "therapeutically effective amount" refers to that amount of multiple binding compound which is sufficient to effect the treatment, as defined above, when administered to a mammal in need of such treatment. The therapeutically effective amount will vary depending on the subject and the condition of the disease being treated, the weight and age of the subject, the severity of the disease condition, the manner of administration and the like, which can be determined quickly by someone of ordinary skills in the state of the art.
The term "linker", identified where appropriate by the symbol 'X', refers to a group or groups that covalently binds 2 to 10 ligands (as identified above) in a manner that provides a compound capable of presenting multivalency. Among other features, the linker is a ligand-oriented entity that allows the binding of at least two copies of a ligand (which may be the same or different) to it. Additionally, the linker can be either a chiral or achiral molecule. In some cases the linker can be a covalent bond that binds the ligands in a manner that provides a compound capable of presenting multivalency. Additionally, in some cases, the linker can itself be biologically active. The term "binder", however, does not extend to cover solid inert supports such as beads, glass particles, fibers, and the like. But it is understood that the multiple-binding compounds of this invention can be adhered to a solid support if desired. For example, such adhesion to solid supports can be made for use in separation and purification processes and similar applications.
The spread to which the multivalent binding is made depends on the efficiency with which the linker or linkers that bind the ligands present these ligands to the formation of available ligand binding sites. Beyond presenting these ligands for multivalent interactions with ligand binding sites, the linker or linkers spatially encloses these interactions to occur within dimensions defined by the linker or linkers. Thus, the structural characteristics of the linker (valence, geometry, orientation, size, flexibility, chemical composition, etc.) are characteristics of multiple bonding agents that play an important role in the determination of their activities.
The linkers used in this invention are selected in such a way as to allow multivalent binding of ligands to the ligand binding sites of a β2 adrenergic receptor, whether such sites are located internally, or internally and at the periphery of the structure of the ligand. receiver, or in an intermediate position thereof.
Representative Compounds of the Formula (I)
I. The representative bivalent multiple-linking compounds of Formula (I) wherein Ar 1 is 4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl, Ar 2 is 1,4-phenylene, R 1 and R 2 are hydrogen, X, W, Q, and Ar 3 are as defined below in Table A are:
Table A
Cpd. Stereochemistry W X -Q-ArJ # a * C (** = stereochemistry)
ÍA (RS) - (CH 2) 2"bond -NH-CH2- ** CH (OH) phenyl ** = (S)
2A (RS) "(CH2) 2- bond -NH-CH2- ** CH (OH) phenyl ** = (R)
3A (RSi ~ (CH2) 2- bond -NH-CH2- ** CH (OH) phenyl ** = (RS)
4A (RS1; CH2) 2"-NH-CH2- ** CH (OH) - (4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethyl) phenyl ** = (RS) A (RS) - (CH2) -60- bond link - (CH2) 3-0- (CH2) 6-NH- CH2 - ** CH (OH) - (4-hydroxy-3-hydroxyethyl) phenyl ** = (RS) A (RS) -CH2- linkage NH-CH2 - ** CH (OH) - (4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethyl) phenyl ** = (RS) A (R) - (CH2) 2- bond -NH-CH2- ** CH (OH ) phenyl ** = (S)
II. Representative bivalent multiple-linking compounds of Formula (I) wherein Ar 1 is 4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl, Ar 2 is 1,4-phenylene, R 1 and R 2 are hydrogen, X, W, Q, and Ar 3, are as defined below in Table B are:
Table B
III. Representative bivalent multiple-linking compounds of Formula (I) wherein Ar 1 is 4-hydroxy-3-hydroxy-methylphenyl, R 1 and R 2 are hydrogen, Ar 3 is (4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethyl) phenyl, X, W, Q, and Ar2 are as defined below in Table C are:
IV. The representative bivalent multiple-linking compounds of Formula (I) Ar1 and Ar3 are 4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl, R1 and R2 are hydrogen, Q is a bond, and W, Ar2, and X are as defined below in Table D are:
Table D
V. The representative bivalent multiple-linking compounds of Formula (I) wherein Ar1 is phenyl, R1 and R2 are hydrogen, W is - (CH2) 2-, and Ar2 is 1,4-phenylene and -Q-Ar3, is [2-hydroxy-2-phenyl] ethylamino, X is a bond as shown below in Table E:
Table E VI. Miscellaneous compounds: 10
PRE.FERID.AS MODALITIES
While the broader definition of this invention is stated in the Brief Summary of the Invention, certain compounds of Formula (I) are preferred.
(A) A preferred group is a bivalent multiple-bond compound of Formula (II):
(10
(i) Within this group (A) is a more preferred group of compounds wherein: Ar1 is aryl, more preferably. Ar1 is:
(a) a phenyl ring of formula (c):
(c)
where:
R 4 is hydrogen, alkyl, halo, or alkoxy, preferably hydrogen, methyl, fluoro, chloro, or methoxy;
R5 is hydrogen, hydroxy, halo, halo, amino, or -NHS02Ra where Ra is alkyl, preferably hydrogen, hydroxy, fluoro, chloro, amino, or -NHS02CH3; Y
R6 is hydrogen, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, substituted alkyl, sulfonylamino, to inoacil, or acylamino; preferably hydrogen, chloro, fluoro, hydroxy, methoxy, hydroxymethyl, -CH2S02CH3, -NHS02CH3, -NHCHO, CONH2, or -NHCONH2.
(ii) Another most preferred decomposed group within group (A) is that where:
Ar 1 is heteroaryl, more preferably Ar 1 is 2,8-dihydroxyquinolin-5-yl or 3-bromoisoxazol-5-yl.
(iii) Still another group of compounds more preferred within group (A) is that where:
Ar 1 is heterocyclic, more preferably Ar 1 is heterocyclic fused to an aryl ring, more preferably 6-fluorochokan-2-yl; W is a bond linking the group -NR2- to Ar2, alkylene, or a substituted alkylene group where one or more of the carbon atoms in the alkylene group is optionally replaced by -O-, preferably a covalent bond, methylene , ethylene, propylene, - (CH2) 6-0- (CH2) 3-, - (CH2) 6-0-, or -CH2CH (OH) CH2-0-; Y
Ar2 is phenyl wherein the groups W and X are adhered at positions 1,2-, 1,3 and 1,4 of the phenyl ring; cyclohexyl optionally substituted with methyl and wherein groups W and X are adhered at the 1,3 and 1,4 positions of the cyclohexyl ring; or piperazine wherein the groups W and X are adhered at the 1,4 positions of the piperazine ring, preferably 1,4-phenylene.
Among the most preferred groups above, there are still more preferred groups of compounds wherein:
(a) X is -0-, -O-alkylene, -0- (arylene) -NH- (substituted alkylene) -, -0- (alkylene) -0- (arylene) - (alkylene) -0- (alkylene) ) - NH- (substituted alkylene) -, -0- (alkylene) -0- (arylene) -, or - (alkylene) - (cycloalkylene) -NH- (substituted alkylene) -, preferably -0- (CH2) 4 -; CH2- (1, 4-cyclohexyl) -NH-CH2-CH (0H) -; -0- (1, 4-phenylene) - NH-CH2-CH (0H) - -0- (CH2)? O-0- (1,4-phenylene) - (CH2) 3-0- (CH2) 6 -NH-CH2-CH (0H) - -0- (CH2) 6-0- (1, 4-phenylene) - (CH2) 3-0- (CH2) 5-NH-CH2-CH (0H) - - 0- (CH2) 6-0- (1, 4-phenylene) -; Y
Q is a covalent bond; or
(b) X is a link; Y
Q is a substituted alkylene group in which one or more of the carbon atoms in said substituted alkylene group is optionally replaced by a heteroatom such as -NRa- (where Ra is hydrogen, alkyl, or acyl) or -0-, preferably -NH-CH2-CH (0H) -; -NH-CH2- CH (0H) -CH2-0-; -NH-CH (CH20H) -; -CH2-NH-CH2-CH (OH) -; C (CH 3) 2 -NH-CH 2 -CH (0H) -; - (CH2) 3-NH-CH2-CH (OH) -; - (CH2) 3 ~ 0- (CH2) 6-NH-CH2-CH (OH) -; - (CH2) 2-NH-CH2-CH (OH) -; -0- (CH2) - CH (OH) -CH2-NH-CH2-CH (OH) -; -NH-CH2-CH (OH) -CH2-0-; more preferably -NH-CH2- * CH (OH) -; -NH- * CH (CH20H) -;
(CH2) 3-0- (CH2) 6-NH-CH2- * CH (OH) -; -NH-CH2- * CH (OH) -CH2-0- (where * is R or S stereochemistry);
Within the groups of the above-preferred, and more preferred, compounds, a particularly preferred group of compounds is that wherein:
(i) Ar3 is the same as Ar1 as defined in the preferred embodiments (A) (i) - (iii) above.
Another group of compounds particularly preferred is that wherein:
(ii) Ar is a phenyl ring of formula (d)
R7
Rß ()
where:
R7 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkyl, halo, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, hydroxy, aminoacyl, or heteroaryl, preferably hydrogen, methyl, propen-2-yl, fluoro, chloro, methoxy, -CH2C02Me, hydroxy, -CH2CONH2, -NHCOCH3, -NHCHO, or imidazol-1-yl, l-methyl-4-trifluoromethylimidazol-2-yl; Y
R8 is hydrogen, halo, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acylamino, preferably hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, methoxy, -CH2C02Me, -NHCHO, or -CONH2.
(iii) Still another group of compounds particularly preferred is that wherein:
Ar3 is naphthyl, pyridyl, benzimidazol-1-yl, indolyl, 2-cyanoindolyl, carbazolyl, 4-methylindanyl, 5- (CH3C02CH20-) -1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl, lH-2-oxoindole, 2,3 , 4-trihydrotianaphthalene, 4-hydroxy-2-benzothiazolinone, or 4-oxo-2,3-dihydrotianaphthalene.
Within the above preferred, more preferred, and particularly preferred groups, an even more particularly preferred group is that wherein:
Ar 1 is phenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, 3, -dihydroxyphenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-dihydroxyphenyl, 2-chloro-3,4-dihydroxyphenyl, 2-fluoro-3, -dihydroxyphenyl, 2-chloro-3, 5-dihydroxyphenyl, 2-fluoro-3, 5-dihydroxyphenyl, 4-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl, 4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl, 4-hydroxy-3- (HCONH-) phenyl, 4-hydroxy-3- (NH2CO) -) phenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 2,5-dimethoxyphenyl, 4- (CH3S02NH-) -phenyl, 4-hydroxy-3- (CH3S02CH2-) phenyl, 4-hydroxy-3- (CH3S02NH-) phenyl, 4-hydroxy - 3- (NH2CONH-) phenyl, 3,5-dichloro-4-aminophenyl,
preferably 4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl, 4-hydroxy-3- (HC0NH-) phenyl, 3,5-dichloro-4-aminophenyl, or
ArJ is:
Y = '! (Z-ClorH) (X = ClorF) (X-ClorF) -NHCONH,] -i-a NHSOjMe
preferably, phenyl or 4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl.
GENERAL SYNTHETIC SCHEME
The compounds of this invention can be made by the methods depicted in the reaction schemes shown below.
The starting materials and reagents used in the preparation of these compounds are available from either commercial distributors such as Aldrich Chemical Co., (Milwaukee, Wisconsin, USA), Bachem (Torrance, California, USA), Emka-Chemie, or Sigma (St. Louis, Missouri, USA) or are prepared by methods known to those experts in the state of the art who follow procedures stated in references such as Fieser and Fieser's Reagents for Organic Synthesis, Volumes 1-15 (John Wiley and Sons , 1991); Rodd 's Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, Volumes 1-5 and Supplements (Elsevier Science Publishers, 1989), Organic Reactions, Volumes 1-40 (John Wiley and Sons, 1991), March' s Advanced Organic Chemistry, (John Wiley and Sons , 4th Edition), and Larock 's Comprehensive Organic Transformations (VCH Publishers Inc., 1989).
The start materials and the reaction intermediates can be isolated and purified if desired using conventional techniques, including but not limited to filtration, distillation, crystallization, chromatography, and the like. Such materials can be characterized using conventional means, including physical constants and spectral data.
Moreover, it will be appreciated that where typical conditions or preferred processes occur (e.g., reaction temperatures, times, mole rates of reagents, solvents, pressures, etc.), other process conditions may also be used less than Let it be said otherwise. The optimum reaction conditions can vary with the particular solvents or reagents used, but such conditions can be determined by one skilled in the art by means of rumba optimization procedures.
Additionally, as will be apparent to those skilled in the art, conventional protecting groups may be necessary to prevent certain functional groups from going through undesired reactions. The choice of a suitable protecting group for a particular functional group as well as the appropriate conditions for protection and deprotection are well known in the state of the art. For example, numerous protective groups, and their introduction and removal, are described in T. W. Greene and G. M. Wuts, Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, Second Edition, Wiley, New York, 1991, and the references cited therein. These schemes are merely illustrative of some methods by which the compounds of this invention can be synthesized, and various modifications can be made to these schemes and will be suggested in the state of the art having reference to this disclosure.
Preparation of a multiple-bond compound of the Formula (I)
In general, a multiple-bond compound of Formula (I) can be prepared as illustrated and described below in Schemes A-D.
A bivalent multiple-binding compound of Formula (I) can be prepared by the covalent attachment of the ligands, L, wherein at least one of the ligands is selected from a compound of formula (a) as defined in Brief Summary of the Invention, to a linker, X, as shown in Scheme A below.
Scheme A
Method (a)
2 1 / -FG1 FG '-FG' Method (b)
-FG1 [intermediary] (II)
unprotect -FG X -F FftGZS
In method (a), a bivalent multiple binding compound of Formula (I) is prepared in a Step, by covalently linking the ligands, L, to a linker, X, where FG1 and FG2 represent a functional group such as it is halo, amino, hydroxy, thio, aldehyde, ketone, carboxy, carboxy derivatives such as acid halide, ester, amido, and the like.
This method is preferred for the preparation of compounds of Formula (I) wherein the ligands are the same.
In method (b), the compounds of Formula (I) are prepared in several Steps by the covalent attachment of one equivalent of a ligand, Li, to a ligand X where FG1 and FG2 represent a functional group as defined above, and FG2PG is a protected functional group to give an intermediate of formula (II). Deprotection of the second functional group in the ligand, followed by the reaction of a ligand L2, which may be or different than the ligand Li # then provides a compound of the Formula (I). This method is suitable for the preparation of compounds of Formula (I) wherein the ligands are non-identical.
The ligands are covalently linked to the linker using conventional chemical techniques that provide a covalent linkage of the ligand to the linker. The reaction chemistries that result in such bonds are well known in the state of the art and involve the use of complementary functional groups in the linker and ligand as shown below in Table I.
Table I
Complementary Union Chemicals Representative
First Reactive Group Second Union Reagent Group
carboxyl amine amide halide sulfonyl amine sulfonamide hydroxyl alkyl / aryl / halide ether hydroxyl isocyanate urethane amine epoxide ß-hydroxyamine amine alkyl / aryl / halide alkylamine amine isocyanate urea hydroxyl carboxyl ester amine aldehyde amine
The reaction between a carboxylic acid of either the linker or the ligand and a primary or secondary amine of the ligand or the linker in the presence of well-known and appropriate activating agents such as dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, results in the formation of an amide bond that binds covalently ligand the linker; the reaction between an amine group of either the ligand or the ligand and a sulfonyl halide of the ligand or the linker, in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, pyridine, and the like results in the formation of a sulfonamide bond that binds covalently ligand the linker; and the reaction between an alcohol or phenol group of either the ligand or the linker and an alkyl or aryl halide of the ligand or the linker in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, pyridine, and the like, results in the formation of an ether bond that binds covalently to the ligand with the linker. A bivalent multiple-linking compound of Formula (I) wherein the second ligand Ar3 is the same as Ar1, X is a bond, and Q is the 2-hydroxyethylamino group, and the ligands are linked through the group Ar2 can be prepared of an acetophenone derivative of formula 1 as shown below in Scheme B.
Scheme B
reduction
(I) (Ar1 * Ar3)
The condensation of an acetophenone derivative of the formula 1 with a diamine of the formula 2 in an ether solution such as tetrahydrofuran provides an imine of the formula 3. Reduction of the imine with an appropriate reducing agent such as borane provides a compound of the Formula (I). Suitable reaction solvents are tetrahydrofuran, and the like. Compound 1 where Ar1 is phenyl is prepared by heating acetophenone in 48% hydrobromic acid in dimethyl sulfoxide.
The compounds of the formula 1 ^ can be prepared by methods well known in the state of the art. For example, α, α-dihydroxy-4-hydroxy-3-methoxycarbonylacetophenone can be prepared by heating the 5-acetylsalicylic acid methyl ester in 48% hydrobromic acid.
Alternatively, a bivalent multiple-linking compound of Formula (I) wherein the second ligand Ar3 is the same as Ar1, X is a bond, and Q is a 2-hydroxyethylamino group, and the ligands are linked through the group Ar2 can be prepared from an acetophenone derivative of formula 1 as shown below in Scheme C.
Scheme C
(I) (Ar1 = Ar3)
A compound of (I) can be prepared by the reaction of an epoxide of formula 4 with a diamine of formula 2. Epoxides 4 are either commercially available or can be prepared by the methods described in Kierstead, R. W. et. to the. J. Med. Chem. 26, 1561-1569, (1983) or Hett, R. et. to the. Tet. Lett.
, 9345-9348 (1994).
Another method for the preparation of a bivalent multiple-binding compound of Formula (I) wherein the second ligand Ar3 is the same as Ar1, X is a bond, and Q is a 2-hydroxyethylamino group, and the ligands are linked through of the group Ar2 can be prepared from an acetophenone derivative of formula 1 as shown below in Scheme D.
Scheme D
reduction
6 Z 8
(!) (Ar1 = Ar3)
Bromination of an acetophenone derivative of formula 5 with bromide in a halogenated organic solvent such as chloroform provides an a-bromoacetophenone derivative of formula 6. Treatment of 6 with sodium azide followed by reduction of azido. resulting with an appropriate reducing agent such as lithium aluminum hydride provides an ethanolamine derivative of formula 8. Condensation of 2 equivalent of 8 with a dialdehyde compound 9 provides an imine of formula 1 ^) which is converted to a compound of Formula (I) as described above in Scheme A.
Any compound which is a β 2 -adrenergic receptor agonist can be used as a ligand in this invention. Typically, a compound selected for use as a ligand will have at least one functional group, such as an amino, hydroxyl, thiol or carboxyl group and the like, which allows the compound to be rapidly coupled to the linker. Compounds having such functionality are either known in the art or can be prepared by modifying the rubaño of known compounds using reagents and conventional procedures.
The linkers can be adhered to different positions in the ligand molecule to achieve different orientations of the ligand domains, and therefore facilitate multivalency. While several of positions in the β-adrenergic modulating ligands are synthetic in their binding, it is preferred to preserve those ligand substructures which are more important for ligand-receptor binding. Currently, the aryl group and the side chain nitrogen are the preferred binding sites.
It will be apparent to one skilled in the art that the foregoing chemistries are not limited to the preparation of bivalent multiple-bond compounds of Formula (I) and that they can be used to prepare tri-, tetra-, etc., compounds. of multiple binding of the Formula (I). The linker is adhered to the ligand in a position that retains the ligand-ligand binding site interaction domain and specifically that allows the ligand domain of the ligand to orient itself to bind to the ligand binding site. Such synthetic positions and protocols for binding are well known in the state of the art. The term linker covers everything that is not considered to be part of the ligand.
The relative orientation in which the ligand domains are shown derives from the particular point or points of adhesion of the ligands to the linker, and in the geometry of the structure. The determination of where acceptable substitutions can be made in a ligand is typically based on prior knowledge of the structure-activity relationships (SAR) of the ligand and / or congeners and / or structural information about the ligand-receptor complexes (e.g. , X-ray crystallography, NMR, and the like). Such positions and synthetic methods for covalent adhesion are well known in the state of the art. After adhesion to the selected linker (or adhesion to a significant portion of the linker, for example 2-10 atoms of the linker), the univalent linker-ligand conjugate can be tested for retention of activity in the relevant assay.
The linker, when covalently bound to multiple copies of the ligands, provides a substantially non-immunogenic, biocompatible multiple-binding compound. The biological activity of the multiple-bond compound is highly sensitive to valence, geometry, composition, size, flexibility or rigidity, etc. of the linker and, in contrast, to the general structure of the multiple-bond compound, as well as the presence or absence of anionic or cationic charge, the relative hydrophobicity / hydrophilicity of the linker and the like in the linker. Accordingly, the linker is preferably chosen to maximize the biological activity of the multiple link compound. The linker can be chosen to improve the biological activity of the molecule. In general, the linker can be chosen from any organic molecule construction that directs two or more ligands to their ligand binding sites to allow multivalency. In this aspect, the linker can be considered as a "framework" in which the ligands are arranged in order to obtain the orientation result of the desired ligand, and thus produce a multiple-bond compound.
For example, different orientations can be achieved by inclusion in the groups of the structure containing mono- or polycyclic groups, including the aryl and / or heteroaryl groups, or structures that incorporate one or more multiple carbon-carbon bonds (groups alkenyl, alkenylene, alkynyl, or alkynylene). Other groups may also include oligomers and polymers which are branched-chain or straight-chain species. In preferred embodiments, the stiffness is imparted by the presence of cyclic groups (eg, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, etc.). In other preferred embodiments, the ring is a ring of six or ten members. In still more preferred embodiments, the ring is an aromatic ring such as, for example, phenyl or naphthyl.
The hydrophobic / hydrophilic characteristics of the linker as well as the presence or absence of charged portions can be quickly controlled by the skilled artisan. For example, the hydrophobic nature of a linker derived from hexamethylene diamine (H2N (CH2) eNH2) or related polyamines can be modified to be substantially more hydrophilic by replacing the alkylene group with a poly (oxyalkylene) group as found in the "Jeffaminas" commercially available.
The different structures can be designated to provide preferred orientations of the ligands. Such structures can be represented by using an array of points (as shown below) where each point can potentially be an atom, such as C, O, N, S, P, H, F, Cl, Br , and F or the point can alternatively indicate the absence of an atom in that position. To facilitate the understanding of the frame structure, the frame is illustrated as a two-dimensional arrangement in the following diagram, although clearly the frame is a three-dimensional arrangement in practice:
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Each point is either an atom, chosen from carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, or halogen, or the point represents a point in space (for example, an absence of an atom). As is apparent to the skilled artisan, only certain atoms in the grid have the ability to act as an adhesion point for the ligands, called, C, 0, N, S, and P.
The atoms can be connected to each other via links (single, double or triple bonds with acceptable resonance and tautomeric forms), giving importance to the usual forces of chemical bonds. The ligands can be attached to the framework via single, double or triple bonds (with tautomeric and chemically acceptable resonance forms).
The multiple ligand groups (2 to 10) can be adhered to the scaffold in such a way that the shortest, minimum path distance between adjacent ligand groups does not exceed 100 atoms. Preferably, the linker connections with the ligand are selected in such a way that the maximum spatial distance between two adjacent ligands is not more than 100 Á.
An example of a linker as presented in the grid is shown below for a biphenyl construction.
The nodes (1,2), (2,0), (4,4), (5,2), (4,0), (6,2), (7,4), (9,4), (10.2), (9.0), (7.0) all represent carbon atoms. The node (10.0) represents a chlorine atom. All other nodes (or points) are points in space (for example, they represent an absence of atoms).
The nodes (1,2) and (9,4) are points of union. The hydrogen atoms are attached to the nodes (2,4), (4,4), (4,0), (2,0), (7,4), (10,2) and (7,0) . The nodes (5,2) and (6,2) are connected by a single link.
The carbon atoms present are connected by either a single or double bond, taking into consideration the principle of resonance and / or tautomerism.
The intersection of the frame (linker) and the ligand group, and in fact, the frame (linker) itself can have many different binding patterns. Examples of the acceptable patterns of three arrays of contiguous atoms are shown in the following diagram:
CCC NCC OCC SCC PCC
CCN NCN OCN SCN PCN
CCO NCO OCO SCO PCO
CCS NCS OCS SCS PCS
CCP NCP OCP SCP PCP
CNC NNC ONC SNC PNC
CNN NNN ONN SNN PNN
CNO NNO ONO ST D PNO
CNS NNS ÜTTF SNS PNS
CNP TTTTP ONP SNP PN P
An expert in the state of the art would be able to identify the bonding patterns that would produce multivalent compounds. The production methods of these link arrangements are described in March, "Advanced Organic Chemistry," 4th Edition, Wiley-Interscience, New York, New York (1992). These arrangements are described in the grid of points shown in the scheme above. All possible arrangements are shown for the five most preferred atoms. Each atom has a variety of acceptable oxidation states. Arrays of underlined links are less acceptable and are not preferred.
Examples of molecular structures in which the above link patterns could be employed as components of the linker are shown below.
The identification of the geometry and size of an appropriate framework for the presentation of the ligand domain are important steps in the construction of a multiple link compound with enhanced activity. Systematic spatial search strategies can be used to help in the identification of preferred frameworks through an iterative process. Figure 3 illustrates a useful strategy for determining an optimal sample orientation of frameworks for the ligand domains. Various other strategies are known to those skilled in the art of molecular design and can be used for the preparation of compounds of this invention.
As shown in Figure 1, sample vectors around similar core structures such as a phenyl structure (Panel A) and a cyclohexane structure (Panel B) can be varied, as can the domain space. of ligand of the core structure (e.g., the length of the adhesion portion). It should be noted that core structures different from those shown here can be used for the determination of the optimal orientation of the frame sample of the ligands. The process may require the use of multiple copies of the same core structure or combinations of different types of cores shown.
The process described above can be extended to trimers (Figure 2) and to a higher valence compound (Figures 3 and 4).
The assays of each of the individual compounds of a generated collection described above will guide an alternate set of compounds with the desired enhanced activities (eg, potency, selectivity, etc.). The analysis of this alternative equipment using a technique such as the Ensemble Molecular Dynamics will provide an orientation of the framework that favors the desired properties. A wide variety of linkers is commercially available (see, for example, Available Chemical Directory (ACD)). Many of the linkers that are suitable for use in this invention fall into this category. Others can be rapidly synthesized by methods well known in the state of the art and / or are described below.
Since the geometry of the preferred framework was selected, the physical properties of the linker can be optimized by varying the chemical composition of these. The composition of the linker can be varied in various ways to achieve the desired physical properties for the multiple-bond compound.
Therefore it can be seen that there is a plethora of possibilities for the composition of a linker. Examples of the linkers include aliphatic portions, aromatic portions, steroid portions, peptides and the like. Specific examples are peptides or polyamides, hydrocarbons, aromatic groups, ethers, lipids, cationic or anionic groups, or a combination thereof.
The examples are given later, but it should be understood that several changes can be made and equivalents can be substituted without abandoning the scope and true spirit of the invention. For example, the properties of the linker can be modified by the addition or insertion of auxiliary groups in or on the linker, for example, to change the solubility of the multiple link compounds (in water, fats, lipids, biological fluids, etc.). ), hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, flexibility of the linker, antigenicity, stability, and the like. For example, the introduction of one or more groups of poly (ethylene glycol) (PEG) on or into the linker improves the hydrophilicity and water solubility of the multiple link compound, increases both the molecular weight and the size of the molecule and, depending on the nature of the linker that does not contain PEG, it may increase the retention time in vivo. Later, the PEG can decrease its antigenicity and potentially improve the rigidity in general of the linker.
Auxiliary groups which improve the water solubility / hydrophilicity of the binder and, consequently, the resulting binder compounds are useful in the practice of this invention. Thus, it is within the scope of the present invention to use auxiliary groups such as, for example, small repeating units of ethylene glycols, alcohols, polyols (eg, glycerin, glycerol propoxylate, saccharides, including mono-, oligosaccharides, etc.). ), carboxylates (e.g., small repeating units of glutamic acid, acrylic acid, etc.), amines (e.g., tetraethylenepentamine, and the like) to improve the water solubility and / or hydrophilicity of the one-atom compounds of this invention . In the preferred embodiments, the auxiliary group used to improve water solubility / hydrophilicity will be a polyether.
The incorporation of lipophilic auxiliary groups within the linker structure to improve the lipophilicity and / or hydrophobicity of the multiple link compounds described herein is also within the scope of this invention. Lipophilic groups useful with the linkers of this invention include, by way of example only, the aryl and heteroaryl groups which, as above, may be either unsubstituted or substituted with other groups, but are at least substituted with a group which allows its covalent adhesion to the linker. Other lipophilic groups useful with the linkers of this invention include fatty acid derivatives which do not form bilayers in an aqueous medium until higher concentrations are reached.
Also within the scope of this invention is the use of auxiliary groups which results in the multiple binding compound being incorporated or anchored within a vesicle or other membranous structure such as a liposome or a micelle. The term "lipid" refers to any derivative of a fatty acid that is capable of forming a bilayer or micelle in such a way that a hydrophobic portion of the lipid material is oriented towards the bilayer while a hydrophilic portion is oriented towards the aqueous phase . The hydrophilic characteristics are derived from the presence of phosphate groups, carboxylic, sulfate, amino, sulfhydryl, nitro and the like are well known in the state of the art. Hydrophobicity could be conferred by the inclusion of groups including, but not limited to, saturated and unsaturated long chain aliphatic carbohydrate groups of up to 20 carbon atoms and such groups and such groups substituted by one or more group ( s) aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and / or heterocyclic. Preferred phosphoglycerides and sphingolipids lipids are, representative examples of which include fosfatidiIcolina, phosphatidylethanolamine, phosphatidylserine, phosphatidylinositol, phosphatidic acid, phosphatidylcholine palmitoileoil, lysophosphatidylcholine, lysophosphatidylethanolamine, dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine, phosphatidylcholine, dioleoyl, distearoyl phosphatidylcholine or dilinoleoylphosphatidylcholine could-be used. Other compounds lacking phosphorus, such as the families of sphingolipids and glycosphingolipids are also within the group designated as lipids.Amirably, the amphiphilic lipids described above can be mixed with other lipids including triglycerides and sterols.
The flexibility of the linker can be manipulated by the inclusion of auxiliary groups which are bulky and / or rigid. The presence of bulky or rigid groups can hinder free rotation near the links in the linker or links between the linker and the auxiliary group (s) or links between the linker and the functional groups. Rigid groups may include, for example, those groups whose conformational lability is restricted by the presence of rings and / or multiple bonds within the group, for example, the aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl and heterocyclic groups. Other groups which can impart rigidity include polypeptide groups such as oligo- or polyproline chains.
Stiffness can also be imparted electrostatically. Thus, if the auxiliary groups are charged either positively or negatively, the auxiliary groups loaded in a similar manner will force the presenting linker to a configuration that allows the maximum distance between each of the like charges. The energy cost of moving the groups of similar charges so that they are closer to one another will tend to hold the linker in a configuration that maintains the separation between the auxiliary groups of similar charges. Subsequent auxiliary groups that possess opposite charges will tend to be attracted to their counterparts of opposite charge and potentially can enter both inter- and intramolecular ionic bonds. This non-covalent mechanism will tend to hold the linker in a conformation which allows the link between the groups of opposite charge. The addition of auxiliary groups which are charged, or alternatively, possess a latent charge when unprotected, after addition to the linker, includes the deprotonation of a carboxyl, hydroxyl, thiol, or amino group because of a change in the pH, oxidation, reduction or other mechanisms known to those skilled in the art which results in the removal of the protecting group, is within the scope of this invention.
The rigidity can also be imparted by an internal hydrogen bond or by means of hydrophobic collapse.
Bulky groups may include, for example, large atoms, ions (eg, iodine, sulfur, metal ions, etc.) or groups containing large atoms, polycyclic groups, including aromatic groups, non-aromatic groups and structures incorporating one or more carbon-carbon multiple bonds (for example, alkenes and alkynes). The bulky groups also include oligomers and polymers which are branched or linear chain species. It is expected that species that are branched increase the stiffness of the structure more by gain of molecular weight units than by linear chain species.
In preferred embodiments, the stiffness is imparted by the presence of cyclic groups (eg, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, etc.). In other preferred embodiments, the linker comprises one or more six member rings. In still more preferred embodiments, the ring is an aryl group such as, for example, phenyl or naphthyl.
In view of the above, it is apparent that the appropriate selection of a linker group that provides the appropriate orientation, restricted / unrestricted rotation, the desired degree of hydrophobicity / hydrophilicity, etc. it is well within the skill of the state of the art. The elimination or reduction of the antigenicity of the multiple-bonding compounds described herein is also within the scope of this invention. In certain cases the antigenicity of a multiple-bond compound can be eliminated or reduced by the use of groups such as, for example, poly (ethylene glycol).
As explained above, the multiple binding compounds described herein comprise 2-10 ligands attached to a linker that binds the ligands such that they are presented to the enzyme for multivalent interactions with ligand binding sites that are in or on her. The linker spatially encloses these interactions to occur within dimensions defined by the linker. This and other factors increase the biological activity of the multiple-bond compound when compared to the same number of ligands made available in its mono-bond form.
The compounds of this invention are preferably represented by the empirical formula of (L) p (X) wherein L, X, p and q are as defined above. This is accomplished to include the various pathways in which ligands can be ligated with one another in order to achieve the goal of multivalency, and a more detailed explanation is described below.
As noted previously, the linker can be considered as a framework to which the ligands adhere. Thus, it should be recognized that the ligands can be adhered to any suitable position in this framework, for example, at the end of a linear chain or at any intermediate position.
The simplest and most preferred multiple-linking compound is a bivalent compound which may be represented as L-X-L, where each L is independently a ligand which may be the same or different and each X is independently the linker. Examples of such bivalent compounds are provided in FIG. 1 where each shaded circle represents a ligand. A trivalent compound could also be represented in a linear fashion, for example, as a sequence of repeated units LXLXL, in which L is a ligand and is the same or different in each occurrence, as X can be. However, a The trimer may also be a radial multiple-bond compound comprising three ligands adhered to a central core, and thus represented as (L) 3X, where the linker X could include, for example, an aryl or cycloalkyl group. The illustrations of trivalent and tetravalent compounds of this invention are found in FIGs. 2 and 3 respectively, where, once again, the shaded circles represent ligands. The tetravalent compounds can be represented in a linear array, for example,
L-X-L-X-L-X-L in a branched array, for example,
L-X-L-X-L i (a branched construction analogous to the isomers of butane-n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, and t-butyl) or in a tetrahedral arrangement, for example,
where X and L are as defined here. Alternatively, it could be represented by an alkyl, aryl or cycloalkyl derivative as above with four (4) ligands adhered to the core linker.
The same considerations apply to higher multiple-junction compounds of this invention containing 5-10 ligands as illustrated in FIG. 4 where, as before, shaded circles represent ligands. However, for multiple bonding agents attached to the central linker such as aryl or cycloalkyl, there is an obvious restriction that there must be sufficient adhesion sites in the linker to accommodate the number of ligands present; for example, a benzene ring could not directly accommodate more than 6 ligands, whereas a multiple-ring linker (eg, biphenyl) could accommodate a larger number of ligands.
The compounds described above can alternatively be represented as cyclic chains of the form:
L ~ x X X
and variants of it.
It is that all the above variations are within the scope of the invention defined by the formula (L) p (X) q.
With the above mentioned in mind, a preferred linker can be presented by the following formula:
-Xa-Z- (Ya-Z) m-Xa- where
m is an integer from 0 to 20;
Xa in each separate occurrence is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S- -NR-, -C (O) -, -C (0) 0-, -OC (O) -, -C (0) NR -, -NRC (O) -, C (S) -, -C (S) 0-, -C (S) NR-, -NRC (S) -, OR a covalent bond where R is as defined below; Z in each separate occurrence is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, substituted alkylene, cycloalkylene, substituted cycloalkylene, alkenylene, substituted alkenylene, alkynylene, substituted alkynylene, cycloalkenylene, substituted cycloalkenylene, arylene, heteroarylene, heterocycle, or a covalent bond;
each Ya in each separate occurrence is selected from the group consisting of -0-, -C (0) -, -0C (0) -, -C (0) 0-, -NR-, -S (0) "-, -C (0) NR'-, -NR'C (O) -, -NR 'C (0) NR' -, -NR'C (S) NR'-, -C (= NR ') -NR' -, -NR'-C (= NR ') -, -0C (0) -NR'-, -NR'-C (0) -0- -N = C (Xa) -NR'-, -NR' -C (Xa) = N-, -P (0) (OR ') -0-, -0- P (0) (0R') -, -S (0) nCR'R "-, -S (0 ) n-NR'-, -NR'-S (0) n-, -SS-, and a covalent bond; where n is 0, 1 or 2; and R, R 'and R "in each separate occurrence are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic
Additionally, the linker portion can be optionally substituted at any atom it has by one or more substituted alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl groups , heteroaryl and heterocyclic.
In view of the above description of the linker, it is understood that the term "linker" when used in combination with the term "multiple link compound" includes both a covalently contiguous single linker (eg, LXL) and multiple linkers covalently non-contiguous (LXLXL) within the multiple-bond compound.
Combination Libraries
The methods described above lend themselves to combinatorial approaches for the identification of multiple binding compounds which possess multiple binding properties.
Specifically, factors such as the appropriate juxtaposition of the individual ligands of a multiple-bond compound with respect to the relevant arrangement of binding sites on a target or targets is important in optimizing the interaction of the multiple-bond compound with its objective ( s) and to maximize the biological advantage through multivalency. One approach is to identify a library of candidate multiple-join compounds with key properties in the multiple-join parameters that are relevant to a particular objective. These parameters include: (1) the identity of the ligand (s), (2) the orientation of the ligands, (3) the valence of the construction, (4) the length of the linker, (5) the geometry of the linker, ( 6) the physical properties of the linker, and (7) the chemical functional groups of the linker.
Libraries of multimeric compounds that potentially possess multiple binding properties (eg, candidate multiple binding compounds) and that comprise a multiplicity of such variables are prepared and these libraries are then evaluated via conventional assays corresponding to the selected ligand and the parameters of multiple union desired. The considerations relevant to each of these variables are stated below:
Selection of ligand (s):
A single ligand or group of ligands is (are) selected for incorporation into the libraries of candidate multiple binding compounds whose library is directed against a particular biological target or targets eg, adrenergic β2 receptor. The only requirement for the chosen ligands is that they are able to interact with the selected target (s). Thus, the ligands may be known drugs, modified forms of known drugs, substructures of known drugs or substrates of modified forms of known drugs (which are competent to interact with the target), or other compounds. The ligands are preferably chosen based on the known favorable properties that may be projected to be transported or amplified in multiple bonding forms. Favorable properties include demonstrated safety and efficacy in human patients, appropriate PK / ADME profiles, synthetic accessibility, and desirable physical properties such as solubility, log P, etc. However, it is crucial to note that ligands which demonstrate an unfavorable property of those in the previous list can obtain a more favorable property through the process of formation of multiple binding compounds; for example, ligands should not necessarily be excluded with such bases. For example, a ligand that is not sufficiently potent in a particular target such that it is effective in a human patient can become highly potent and effective when presented in a multiple binding form. A ligand that is potent and effective but is not useful because a toxic side effect that is not related to a mechanism may have increased the therapeutic index (increased potency related to toxicity) as a multiple-binding compound. Compounds that exhibit short half-lives in vivo may have longer half-lives as multiple-bond compounds. The physical properties of the ligands that limit their utility (for example poor bioavailability due to low solubility, hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity) can be modulated in a rational manner in multiple bonding forms, providing compounds with physical properties consistent with the desired utility.
Orientation: selection of ligand adhesion points and binding chemistry:
Several points are chosen in each ligand to which the ligand will be attached to the linker. The points selected in the ligand / linker for adhesion are functionalized to contain complementary reactive functional groups. This allows the probing of the effects of the presentation of the ligands to their receptor (s) in multiple relative orientations, an important multiple binding design parameter. The only requirement to choose the points of adhesion is that by adhering to at least one of these points it does not abrogate the activity of the ligand. Such points for adhesion can be identified by structural information when available. For example, inspection of a co-crystalline structure of a protease inhibitor attached to its target allows one to identify one or more sites where adhesion to the linker will not harm the enzyme: inhibitory interaction. Alternatively, the evaluation of the ligand / target binding by nuclear magnetic resonance will allow the identification of non-essential sites for ligand / target binding. See, for example, Fesik, et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,891,643. When such structural information is not available, the use of structure-activity relationships (SiR) for the ligands will suggest positions where substantial structural variations are and are not allowed. In the absence of structural and S.AR information, a library is merely selected with multiple adhesion points to allow the presentation of the ligand in different multiple orientations. Subsequent evaluation of this library will indicate which positions are appropriate for adherence.
It is important to emphasize that the adhesion positions that abrogate monomeric ligand activity can also be advantageously included in candidate multiple binding compounds in the library since such compounds carry at least one ligand attached in a manner which does not abrogate intrinsic activity . This selection derives from, for example, the heterobivalent interactions within the context of a simple target molecule. For example, consider a ligand antagonist of a receptor bound to its target receptor, and then consider modifying this ligand by adhering a second copy of this ligand with a linker which allows the second ligand to interact with the same receptor molecule at sites near the antagonist binding site, which includes receptor elements that are not part of the formal antagonist binding site and / or elements of the matrix surrounding the receptor such as the membrane. Here, the most favorable orientation for the interaction of the second ligand molecule with the receptor / matrix can be achieved by adhering it to the carrier in a position which abrogates the activity of the ligand at the formal antagonist binding site. Another way to consider this is that the SAR of individual ligands within the context of a multiple binding structure is often different from the SAR of those same ligands in monomeric form.
The aforementioned discussion focuses on bivalent interactions of dimeric compounds by transporting two copies of the same ligand bound with a single linker through different adhesion points, one of which can abrogate the binding activity of the monomeric ligand. It should also be understood that the bivalent advantage can also be obtained with heterodimeric constructs carrying two different ligands that bind to common or different targets. For example, a 5HT4 receptor antagonist and a selective muscarinic M3 antagonist of the bladder can be attached to a linker through adhesion sites which do not abrogate the binding activity of the monomeric ligands by their respective receptor sites. The dimeric compound can achieve improved affinity for both receptors due to favorable interactions between the 5HT ligand and M3 receptor elements near the formal M3 antagonist binding site and between the M3 ligand and 5HT4 receptor elements near the formal 5HT4 antagonist binding site . Thus, the dimeric compound may be more potent and selective antagonist of the overactive bladder and a superior therapy for incited urinary incontinence.
Once the ligand binding sites have been chosen, one identifies the types of chemical bonds that are possible at those points. The most preferred types of chemical bonds are those that are compatible with the overall structure of the ligand (or protected forms of the ligand) formed rapidly and generally, stable and innocuously safe under typical chemical and physiological conditions, and compatible with a larger number of available linkers. The amide, ether, amines, carbamates, ureas, and sulfonamide linkages are a few examples of preferred linkages.
Linkers: search for "" multiple binding parameters relevant through the selection of the valence, length of the linker, geometry of the linker, rigidity, physical properties, and chemical functional groups
In the library of linkers used to generate the library of candidate multiple-union compounds, the selection of linkers used in this library of linkers takes into consideration the following factors:
Valencia:
In most cases the library of linkers is started with divalent linkers. The choice of ligands and appropriate juxtaposition of two ligands relative to their binding sites allows such molecules to exhibit their target binding affinities and specificities more than sufficient to confer biological advantage. Subsequently, divalent linkers or constructs are also typically modest in size such that they retain the desirable biodistribution properties of small molecules.
Length of the linker:
The linkers are chosen from a range of lengths to allow the search of a range of inter-ligand distances that comprises the preferred distance for a given divalent interaction. In some cases the preferred distance can be estimated more precisely from high-resolution structural information of targets, typically enzymes and soluble receptor targets. In other cases where high-resolution structural information is not available (as in G7TM-coupled protein receptors), one can use simple models to estimate the maximum distance between the binding sites in either the adjacent receptors or in different locations in the same receiver. In situations where two binding sites are present in the same target (or target subunit for multiple subunit targets), the preferred distances of the linker are 2-20 A, with more preferred linker distances of 3-12 A. In situations where two binding sites reside in separate target sites, (eg, in protein) the preferred distances of the linker are 20-100 A, with more preferred distances of 30-70 A.
Geometry and rigidity of the linker:
The combination of the ligand binding site, length of the linker, geometry of the linker, and rigidity of the linker determines the possible ways in which the ligands of the candidate compounds of multiple linkage can be deployed in three dimensions and thereby present to your union sites. The geometry and rigidity of the linker are usually determined by chemical composition and link model, which can be controlled and are systematically varied as another that covers the function in a multiple bond arrangement. For example, the geometry of the linker is varied by joining two ligands to the ortho, meta and par positions of the benzene ring, or in the cis or trans arrangements to the 1,1-vs positions. 1,2-vs. 1,3-vs. 1,4- around the cyclohexane nucleus or in cis or trans arrangements in an unsaturated ethylene unit. The rigidity of the linker is varied by controlling the number of relative energies of different possible conformational states for the linker. For example, a divalent compound carrying two ligands bound by the 1,8-octyl linker has many more degrees of freedom, and is therefore less rigid than a compound in which the two ligands are bound to the 4,4 positions. 'of the biphenyl linker.
Physical properties of the linker:
The physical properties of the linkers are nominally determined by the chemical constitution and linker models of the linker, and the physical properties of the linker embed the total physical properties of the candidate multiple link compounds in which they are included. A percentage of linker compositions are typically selected to provide a percentage of physical properties (hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, amphipathicity, polarization, acidity, and basicity) in the candidate multiple-binding compounds. The particular choice of the physical properties of the linker is made within the context of the physical properties of the ligands they bind and preferably the field is to generate molecules with favorable PK / ADME properties. For example, the linkers can be selected to avoid those that are so hydrophilic or so hydrophobic to be easily absorbed and / or distributed in vivo.
Chemical functional groups of the linker:
The chemical functional groups of the linker are selected to be compatible with the chemistry chosen to connect the linkers to the ligands and to impart the percentage of physical properties sufficient to cover the initial examination of this parameter.
Combinatorial synthesis
Having chosen a set n of ligands (n being determined by the sum of the number of different binding sites for each ligand chosen) and m linkers by the process underlined above, a library of divalent multiple-link compounds was prepared (n. ') m which covers multiple junction parameters designed for a particular purpose. For example, an array generated from two ligands, one that has two points of union (Al, A2) and one that has three points of union (Bl, B2, B3,) joined in all possible combinations provided by at least 15 possible combinations of multiple bonding compounds:
Al-Al A1-A2 Al-Bl A1-B2 A1-B3 A2-A2 A2-B1 A2-B2 A2-B3 Bl-Bl B1-B3 B2-B2 B2-B3 B3-B3
When each of these combinations is linked by 10 different linkers, a library of 150 candidate multiple-binding compounds results.
Given the combinatorial nature of the library, common chemistries are preferably used to bind the reactive functionalities in the ligands with the complementary reactive functionalities in the ligands. The library therefore lends itself to efficient parallel synthetic methods. The combinatorial library can employ solid phase chemistries well known in the state of the art wherein the ligand and / or the linker binds to a solid support. Alternatively and preferably, the combinatorial library is prepared in the solution phase. After synthesis, the candidate multiple-binding compounds are optionally purified prior to assay for activity by, for example, chromatography methods (eg, HPLC).
Analysis of arrangement by biochemical, analytical, pharmacological and computational methods:
Several methods were used to characterize the properties and activities of the candidate multiple-binding compounds in the library to determine which compounds possessed the multiple-binding properties. Physical constants such as solubility can be determined under various solvent conditions and logD / clogD. A combination of NMR spectroscopy and computational methods were used to determine the low energy conformations of the candidate multiple-binding compounds in fluid medium. The ability of library members to unite the desired objective and other objectives was determined by several standard methods, which include radioligand displacement assays for receptor and ion channel targets, and kinetic inhibition analysis for many enzyme targets . In vitro efficacy can also be determined, such as for agonist and antagonist receptor, ion channel blockers, and antimicrobial activity. The pharmacological data, including oral absorption, penetration of the intestines turned inside out, other pharmacokinetic parameters and efficacy data can be determined in appropriate models. In this way, structure-activity key ratios for design parameters were obtained. multiple union 'which are then used to direct future work.
Members of the library exhibiting multiple binding properties, as defined herein, can be easily determined by conventional methods. First, those members that exhibit multiple binding properties (both in vi tro and in vivo) are identified by conventional methods such as those described above, including conventional tests.
Second, the structure of those compounds that exhibit multiple binding properties can be fulfilled via recognized procedures in the state of the art. For example, each member of the library can be marked or labeled with appropriate information that allows the determination of the structure of relevant members at a later time. See, for example, Dower, et al., International Patent Application Publication No. WO 93/06121; Brener, et al., Proc. Nati Acad. Sci., USA, 89: 5181 (1992); Gallop, et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,846,839; each of which are incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Alternatively, the structure of the relevant multivalent compounds can also be determined from soluble and unlabeled libraries of multivalent candidate compounds by methods known in the state of the art such as those described by Hindsgaul, et al., Canadian Patent Application No. 2,240,325 which was published on July 11, 1998. Such methods couple affinity front chromatography with mass spectroscopy to determine both the structure and the relative binding affinities of candidate multiple-binding compounds to receptors.
The process stated above for dimeric candidate multiple-bond compounds can, of course, be extended to trimeric candidate compounds and larger analogs thereof.
Consecutive synthesis and analysis of additional arrangement (s):
Based on the information obtained through the analysis of the initial library, an optional component of the process is to find out one or more promising multiple link "leader" compounds as defined by related particular ligand orientations, lengths of the linkers, geometries of the linkers, etc. Additional libraries can then be generated around these guides to provide additional information regarding the structure for activity relationships. These arrays typically carry more concentrated variations in the structure of the linker in an effort to further optimize the affinity of the target and / or activity in the target (antagonism, partial agonism, etc.), and / or alter the physical properties. By iterative redesign analysis using the novel principles of multiple-junction design along with approaches to classical medicinal chemistry, biochemistry and pharmacology, someone is able to prepare and identify the optimal multiple-bond compounds that exhibit biological advantages towards their targets and as therapeutic agents. In addition to this process, suitable divalent linkers include, by way of example only, those derived from dicarboxylic acids, disulfonylaids, dialdehydes, diketones, dialdehydes, diisocyanates, diamines, diols, carboxylic acid mixtures, sulfonylaldehydes, aldehydes, ketones, halides, isocyanates, amines and diols. In each case, the functional group of the carboxylic acid, sulfonyla lide, aldehyde, ketone, halide, isocyanate, amine and diol is reacted with a functional complement in the ligand to form a covalent ligation. Such functional complementary is well known in the state of the art as illustrated in the following table:
CHEMICALS OF COMPLEMENTARY UNION
The exemplification of linkers includes the following linkers identified as X-1 through X-418 as stated below:
Representative ligands for use in this invention include, by way of example, L-1 and L-2 as identified above wherein L-1 was selected from a compound of the formula (a) and L-2 was selected from a composed of the formula (b).
The combinations of ligands (L) and linkers (X) for this invention include, by way of example only, homo and hetero dimers wherein a first ligand was selected from L-1 and the second ligand and linker was selected from the following :
L-2 / X-1- L-2 / X-2- L-2 / X-3- L-2 / X-4- L-2 / X-5- L-2 / X-6- L- 2 / X-7- L-2 / X-8-L-2 / X-9-L-2 / X-10-L-2 / X-11-L-2 / X-12-L-2 / X-13-L-2 / X-14-L-2 / X-15-L-2 / X-16-L-2 / X-17-L-2 / X-18-L-2 / X- 19- L-2 / X-20- L-2 / X-21- L-2 / X-22- L-2 / X-23- L-2 / X-23- L-2 / X-25- L-2 / X-26- L-2 / X-27- L-2 / X-28- L-2 / X-29- L-2 / X-30- L-2 / X-31- L- 2 / X-32-L-2 / X-33-L-2 / X-34-L-2 / X-35-L-2 / X-36-L-2 / X-37-L-2 / X-38-L-2 / X-39-L-2 / X-40-L-2 / X-41-L-2 / X-42-L-2 / X-43-L-2 / X- 44- L-2 / X-45- L-2 / X-46- L-2 / X-47- L-2 / X-48- L-2 / X-49- L-2 / X-50- L-2 / X-51- L-2 / X-52- L-2 / X-53- L-2 / X-54- L-2 / X-55- L-2 / X-56- L- 2 / X-57-L-2 / X-58-L-2 / X-59-L-2 / X-60-L-2 / X-61-L-2 / X-62-L-2 / X-63-L-2 / X-64-L-2 / X-65-L-2 / X-66-L-2 / X-67-L-2 / X-68-L-2 / X- 69- L-2 / X-70- L-2 / X-71- L-2 / X-72- L-2 / X-73- L-2 / X-74- L-2 / X-75- L-2 / X-76- L-2 / X-77- L-2 / X-78- L-2 / X-79- L-2 / X-80- L-2 / X-81- L- 2 / X-82-L-2 / X-83-L-2 / X-84-L-2 / X-85-L-2 / X-86-L-2 / X-87-L-2 / X-88- L-2 / X-89- L-2 / X-90- L-2 / X-91- L-2 / X-92- L-2 / X-93- L-2 / X- 94- L-2 / X-95- L-2 / X-96- L-2 / X-97- L-2 / X-98- L-2 / X-99- L-2 / X-100- L-2 / X-10 1- L-2 / X-102-L-2 / X-103-L-2 / X-104-L-2 / X-105-L-2 / X-106-L-2 / X-107- L-2 / X-108-L-2 / X-109-L-2 / X-110-L-2 / X-111-L-2 / X-112-L-2 / X-113-L- 2 / X-114-L-2 / X-115-L-2 / X-116-L-2 / X-117-L-2 / X-118-L-2 / X-119-L-2 / X-120-L-2 / X-121-L-2 / X-122-L-2 / X-123-L-2 / X-124-L-2 / X-125-L-2 / X- 126- L-2 / X-127- L-2 / X-128- L-2 / X-129- L-2 / X-130- L-2 / X-131- L-2 / X-132- L-2 / X-133-L-2 / X-134-L-2 / X-135-L-2 / X-136-L-2 / X-137-L-2 / X-138-L- 2 / X-139-L-2 / X-140-L-2 / X-141-L-2 / X-142-L-2 / X-143-L-2 / X-144-L-2 / X-145- L-2 / X-146- L-2 / X-147- L-2 / X-148- L-2 / X-149- L-2 / X-150- L-2 / X- 151- L-2 / X-152- L-2 / X-153- L-2 / X-154- L-2 / X-155- L-2 / X-156- L-2 / X-157- L-2 / X-158- L-2 / X-159- L-2 / X-160- L-2 / X-161- L-2 / X-162- L-2 / X-163- L- 2 / X-164-L-2 / X-165-L-2 / X-166-L-2 / X-167-L-2 / X-168-L-2 / X-169-L-2 / X-170-L-2 / X-171-L-2 / X-172-L-2 / X-173-L-2 / X-174-L-2 / X-175-L-2 / X- 176- L-2 / X-177- L-2 / X-178- L-2 / X-179- L-2 / X-180- L-2 / X-181- L-2 / X-182- L-2 / X-183-L-2 / X-184-L-2 / X-185-L-2 / X-186-L-2 / X-187-L-2 / X-188-L- 2 / X-189- L-2 / X-190- L-2 / X-191- L-2 / X-1 92- L-2 / X-193- L-2 / X-194- L-2 / X-195- L-2 / X-196- L-2 / X-197- L-2 / X-198- L-2 / X-199-L-2 / X-200-L-2 / X-201-L-2 / X-202-L-2 / X-203-L-2 / X-204-L- 2 / X-205-L-2 / X-206-L-2 / X-207-L-2 / X-208-L-2 / X-209-L-2 / X-210-L-2 / X-211-L-2 / X-212-L-2 / X-213-L-2 / X-214-L-2 / X-215-L-2 / X-216-L-2 / X- 217- L-2 / X-218- L-2 / X-219- L-2 / X-220- L-2 / X-221- L-2 / X-222- L-2 / X-223- L-2 / X-224-L-2 / X-225-L-2 / X-226-L-2 / X-227-L-2 / X-228-L-2 / X-229-L- 2 / X-230-L-2 / X-231-L-2 / X-232-L-2 / X-233-L-2 / X-234-L-2 / X-235-L-2 / X-236-L-2 / X-237-L-2 / X-238-L-2 / X-239-L-2 / X-240-L-2 / X-241-L-2 / X- 242- L-2 / X-243- L-2 / X-244- L-2 / X-245- L-2 / X-246- L-2 / X-247- L-2 / X-248- L-2 / X-249- L-2 / X-250- L-2 / X-251- L-2 / X-252- L-2 / X-253- L-2 / X-254- L- 2 / X-255-L-2 / X-256-L-2 / X-257-L-2 / X-258-L-2 / X-259-L-2 / X-260-L-2 / X-261- L-2 / X-262- L-2 / X-263- L-2 / X-264- L-2 / X-265- L-2 / X-266- L-2 / X- 267- L-2 / X-268- L-2 / X-269- L-2 / X-270- L-2 / X-271- L-2 / X-272- L-2 / X-273- L-2 / X-274- L-2 / X-275- L-2 / X-276- L-2 / X-277- L-2 / X-278- L-2 / X-279- L- 2 / X-280- L-2 / X-281- L-2 / X-282- L-2 / X- 283- L-2 / X-284- L-2 / X-285- L-2 / X-286- L-2 / X-287- L-2 / X-288- L-2 / X-289- L-2 / X-290-L-2 / X-291-L-2 / X-292-L-2 / X-293-L-2 / X-294-L-2 / X-295-L- 2 / X-296-L-2 / X-297-L-2 / X-298-L-2 / X-299-L-2 / X-300-L-2 / X-301-L-2 / X-302- L-2 / X-303- L-2 / X-304- L-2 / X-305- L-2 / X-306- L-2 / X-307- L-2 / X- 308- L-2 / X-309- L-2 / X-310- L-2 / X-311- L-2 / X-312- L-2 / X-313- L-2 / X-314- L-2 / X-315- L-2 / X-316- L-2 / X-317- L-2 / X-318- L-2 / X-319- L-2 / X-320- L- 2 / X-321-L-2 / X-322-L-2 / X-323-L-2 / X-324-L-2 / X-325-L-2 / X-326-L-2 / X-327-L-2 / X-328-L-2 / X-329-L-2 / X-330-L-2 / X-331-L-2 / X-332-L-2 / X- 333- L-2 / X-334- L-2 / X-335- L-2 / X336- L-2 / X-337- L-2 / X-338- L-2 / X-339- L- 2 / X-340-L-2 / X-341-L-2 / X-342-L-2 / X-343-L-2 / X-344-L-2 / X-345-L-2 / X-346-L-2 / X-347-L-2 / X-348-L-2 / X-349-L-2 / X-350-L-2 / X-351- L-2 / X-352-L-2 / X-353-L-2 / X-354-L-2 / X-355-L-2 / X-356-L-2 / X-357-L- 2 / X-358-L-2 / X-359-L-2 / X-360-L-2 / X-361-L-2 / X-362-L-2 / X-363-L-2 / X-364-L-2 / X-365-L-2 / X-366-L-2 / X-367-L-2 / X-368-L-2 / X-369-L-2 / X- 370-L-2 / X-371-L-2 / X-372-L-2 / X-373-L-2 / X-374-L-2 / X-375-L-2 / X-376- L-2 / X-377- L-2 / X-378- L-2 / X-379- L-2 / X-380-L-2 / X-381- L-2 / X-382- L- 2 / X-383-L-2 / X-384-L-2 / X-385-L-2 / X-386-L-2 / X-387-L-2 / X-388-L-2 / X-389-L-2 / X-390-L-2 / X-391-L-2 / X-392-L-2 / X-393-L-2 / X-394-L-2 / X- 395-L-2 / X-396-L-2 / X-397-L-2 / X-398-L-2 / X-399-L-2 / X-400-L-2 / X-401- L-2 / X-402-L-2 / X-403-L-2 / X-404-L-2 / X-405-L-2 / X-406-L-2 / X-407-L- 2 / X-408-L-2 / X-409-L-2 / X-410-L-2 / X-411-L-2 / X-412-L-2 / X-413-L-2 / X-414-L-2 / X-415-L-2 / X-416-L-2 / X-417-L-2 / X-418-
UTILITY, PRUE.BA, AND JVDMINISTIÍACION Utility
The multiple-binding compounds of this invention are β2-adrenergic receptor agonists. Accordingly, the multiple-binding compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of this invention are useful in the treatment and prevention of diseases mediated by adrenergic β2-receptor such as asthma, bronchitis, and the like. These are also "useful in the treatment of nervous system injuries and premature birth." It was also contemplated that the compounds of this invention are useful for the treatment of metabolic disorders such as obesity, diabetes, and the like.
Proof
The agonist activity to the β2 adrenergic receptors of the compounds of the formula (I) can be demonstrated by a variety of in vitro assays known to those of ordinary skill in the art, such as the assays described in the biological examples 1 and 2. They can also be assayed by the Ex vivo assays described in Ball, DI et al., "Salmterol at Novel, Long-acting beta-2 Adrenergic Agonist: Characterization of Pharmacological Activity in Vitro and in Vivo" Br. J. Pharmacol. , 104, 665-571 (1991); Linden, A et al., "Sameterol, Formoterol and Salbutamol in the Isolated Guinea-Pig Trachea: Differences in Maximum Relaxant Effect and Potency but not in Functional Antagonism, Thorax, 48, 547-553, (1993); I Bials, AT et al., Investigations into Factors Determining the Duration of Action of the Beta 2- Agonist Adrenoceptor, Salmateroal, Br. J. Pharmacol., 108, 505-515 (1993), or in in vivo assays such as those described in Ball, DI et al., "Salmterol at Novel, Long-acting beta 2-Adrenergic agonist: Characterization of Pharmacological Activity in Vitro and in Vivo" Br. J. Pharmacol., 104, 665-671 (1991); Kikkawa, H. et al. al., "RA-2005, to Novel, Long-acting, and) Selective Beta 2-Adrenoceptor Agonist: Characterization with other Beta 2-Agonists." Biol. Pharm. Bull., 17, 1047-1052, (1994); and Anderson, GP, "Formeterol: Pharmacology, Collective basis of Agonism and Mechanics of Long Duration of a Highly Potent and Selective Beta 2-Adrenoceptor Agonist Bronchodilator, Li Faith Sciences, 52, 2145-2160, (1993).
Pharmaceutical Formulations
When employed as drugs, the compounds of this invention are usually administered in the form of pharmaceutical compositions. These compounds can be administered by a variety of routes including oral, rectal, transdermal, subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, and intranasal. These compounds are effective as inhaled and oral injectable compositions. Such compositions are prepared in a manner well known in the state of the art and comprises at least one active compound.
This invention also includes pharmaceutical compositions which contain, as the active ingredient, one or more of the compounds described herein associated with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. In making the compositions of this invention, the active ingredient is usually mixed with an excipient, diluted by an excipient or included within a carrier which may be in the form of a capsule, sachet, paper or other container. When the excipient serves as a diluent, it can be a solid, semi-solid, or liquid material, which acts as a vehicle, carrier or medium for the active ingredient. Thus, the compositions may be in the form of tablets, pills, powders, lozenges, sachets, capsules, elixirs, suspensions, emulsions, solutions, syrups, aerosols (as a solid or liquid medium) ointments containing, for example, up to 10 ounces. Weight% of an active compound, soft and hard gelatin, capsules, suppositories, sterile injectable solutions, and sterile packaged powders.
In the preparation of a formulation, it may be necessary to grind the active compound to provide the appropriate particle size prior to combination with the other ingredients. If the active compound is substantially insoluble, ordinarily it is ground to a particle size of less than 200 mesh. If the active compound is substantially water-soluble, the particle size is usually adjusted by grinding to provide a substantially uniform distribution in the formulation, for example about 40 mesh.
Some examples of suitable excipients include lactose, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, mannitol, starches, acacia gum, calcium phosphate, alginates, tragacanth, gelatin, calcium silicate, microcrystalline cellulose, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, cellulose, sterile water, syrup, and methyl cellulose The formulations may additionally include: lubricating agents such as talc, magnesium stearate, and mineral oil; soaking agents; emulsifying and dispersing agents; preserving agents such as methyl- and propylhydroxybenzoates; sweetening agents; and flavoring agents. The compositions of the invention can be formulated such as to provide rapid, sustained or delayed release of the active ingredient after administration to the patient by use of procedures known in the art.
The compositions are preferably formulated in the form of a dosage unit containing from about 0.001 to about 1 g, more usually about 1 to about 30 mg, of the active ingredient. The term "dosage unit forms" refers to physically discrete units suitable as unit doses for human individuals and other mammals, each unit containing a predetermined amount of active material calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect, in association with a pharmaceutically suitable excipient. . Preferably, the compound of Formula (I) above was employed in no more than about 20 weight percent of the pharmaceutical composition, more preferably no more than about 15 weight percent, with the balance being carrier (s) pharmaceutically inert.
The active compound is effective in a large percentage of dose and is generally administered in a pharmaceutically effective amount. It can be understood, however, that the amount of the compound currently administered will be determined by a physician, in light of the relevant circumstances, which include the condition to be treated, the chosen route of administration, the current compound administered and its relative activity. , the age, weight, and response of the patient individual, the severity of the patient's symptoms, and the like.
For the preparation of compositions such as tablets, the active main ingredient is mixed with a pharmaceutical excipient to form a solid preformulation composition containing a homogeneous mixture of a compound of the present invention. When referring to these preformulation compositions as homogeneous, it is proposed that the active ingredient is equally dispersed throughout the compositions so that the composition can be easily subdivided into equally effective dosage unit forms such as tablets, pills and capsules. This solid preformulation is then subdivided into dosage unit forms of the type described above that contain from, for example, 0.1 to about 500 mg of the active ingredient of the present invention.
The tablets or pills of the present invention may be coated or otherwise compounded to provide a dosage form that provides the long-acting advantage. For example, the tablet or pill may comprise an internal dose and external dose component, the second one being in the form of a wrap over the previous one. The two components can be separated by an enteric layer which serves to resist disintegration in the stomach and allow the internal component to pass intact into the duodenum or be delayed in release. A variety of materials can be used for such enteric or coated layers, such materials include a number of polymeric acids and mixtures of polymeric acids with such materials as lacquers, cetyl alcohol, and cellulose acetate.
Liquid forms in which the novel compositions of the present invention can be incorporated for oral administration or injection include aqueous solutions, suitable flavored syrups, aqueous or oily suspensions, and emulsions flavored with edible oils such as corn oil, seed oil of cotton, sesame oil, coconut oil, or walnut oil, as well as elixirs and pharmaceutically similar vehicles.
Compositions for inhalation or insufflation include solutions and suspensions in aqueous or organic solvents, or mixtures thereof, and pharmaceutically acceptable powders. The liquid or solid compositions may contain pharmaceutically acceptable acceptable excipients as described supra. Preferably the compositions are administered by the oral or nasal respiratory route for local or systemic effect. The compositions in pharmaceutically acceptable solvents can be atomized by the use of inert gases. The atomized solutions can be inhaled directly from the atomizing device or the nebulizer device can be attached to a chamber mask, or positive pressure breathing machine. Solutions, suspensions, or powder compositions may be administered preferably, orally or nasally, from devices that release the formulation in an appropriate manner.
EXAMPLES
The following preparations and examples are given to enable those qualified in the state of the art greater clarity of understanding and to practice the present invention. These should not be considered as limiting the scope of the invention, but merely as being illustrative and representative of it.
In the examples below, the following abbreviations have the following meanings. Unless stated otherwise, all temperatures are in degrees Celsius. If an abbreviation is not defined this will have its generally accepted meaning.
Á = .Angstroms cm = centimeter DCC = dicyclohexyl carbodiimide DMF = N, N-dimethylformamide DMSO = dimethylsulfoxide g = gram HPLC = high performance liquid chromatography MEM = minimal essential medium MIN = minute mL = milliliter mm = millimeter mmol = minimolar N = normal "" THF = tetrahydrofuran μL = microliters μm = microns rt = room temperature RF = retention faction NMR = nuclear magnetic resonance ESMS = electroaerosol mass spectrum ppm = parts per million
Synthetic Examples
E emplo 1 Synthesis of trans-1, -bis. { N- [2- (4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl) -2- Hydroxyethyl} Not me} cyclohexane (Figure 5 below)
Stage 1
To a solution 11 of methyl ester 5-acetylsalicylic acid (5.0 g, 25.7 mmol) in dimethyl sulfoxide (44 mL) was added 48% hydrobromic acid. The resulting mixture was stirred at 55 ° C for 24 hours, and placed in a paste of ice and water (200 mL), precipitating a pale yellow solid. The solid was filtered, washed with water (200 mL), and dried to give 12 a, a-dihydroxy-4-hydroxy-3-methoxycarbonyl acetophenol. The product was resuspended in ethyl ether (-200 mL), filtered and dried to give (3.41 g, 59%) of pure product. Rf = 0.8 (10% MeOH / CH2Cl2).
HX-NMR (4 / ICDCL3 / CD3OD, 299.96 MHz): d (ppm) 8.73-8.72 (d, 1H), 8.28-8.24 (dd, 1H), 7.08-7.05 (d, 1H), 5.82 (s, 1H) ), 4.01 (s, 3H).
Stage 2
To a suspension 12 of, -dihydrixi-4-hydroxy-3-methoxycarbonyl-acetophenone (0.3 g, 1.3 mmol in THF (10 mL) was added a solution of trans-1,4-diaminocyclohexane (76 mg, 0.66 mmol). in THF (5mL), the resulting suspension was stirred for 3 hours at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere, to which formation of an imine was completed and estimated by TLC analysis.After cooling the resulting solution in ice bath, it was added a surplus amount of 3M BH3-Me2S in hexane (4 L, 8 molar) to the previous solution The resulting mixture was slowly warmed to rt and refluxed for 4 hours under N2 stream After cooling the reaction of the mixture, MeOH (5 mL) was added to quench the excess amount of 2M BH3-Me2S.After stirring for 30 min, the final solution (or turbid solution was evaporated in vacuo, yielding a pale brown solid.The solid was washed with EtOAc hexane (1/2; mL), and dried. crude was dissolved in 50% MeCN / H20 containing 0.5% TFA, and purified by pre-scaling high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) using a linear gradient (5% to 50% MeCN / H20 for 50 minutes, mL / min; detection at 254 nM). Fractions with UV absorption were analyzed by LC-MS to isolate 13 trans-1,4 bis. { N- [2- (4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethyl-phenyl) -2-hydroxyethyl] amino} cyclohexane.
HX-NMR (CD30D, 299.96 MHz): 5 (ppm) 7.35 (d, 2H), 7.18 (dd.2H), 6.80-6.78 (d 2H), 4.88-4.86 (m, 2H), 4.65 (s, 4H ), 3.15 (br 4 H), 2.89 (m 2 H), 1.68-1.55 (br m, 4 H); ESMS (C2H34N206): caled. 446.5, obsd. 447.5 (M + H) ".
Compound 14: Proceeding as described above but substituting trans-1, -diamino-cyclohexane with 4,4 '-methylene bis (cyclohexylamine) dio bis. { 4, 4 '- [N- [2- (4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl-2-hydroxyethyl] amino] cyclohexane] methane ESMS (C3? H46? 206): caled, 542.7, obsd. 543.6 [M + H] ~ Compound 15: Proceeding as described above but substituting trans-1,4-diamino-cyclohexane with 1,3-cyclohexane bis (methylamine) gave 1,3-bis {N- [2- (4 -hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl) -2-hydroxyethyl] aminomethyl] cyclohexane ESMS (C27H38? 206): caled 474.6, obs 475.3 [M + H] ".
Compound 16: Proceeding as described above but substituting trans-1,4-diamino-cyclohexane with 1,8-diamino-p-menthane gave 1,8-bis (? - (2- (4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl- 2-hydroxyethyl) amino) -p-menthane ESMS (C28H42? 206): caled, 502.6, obs 503.3 [M + H] ".
Compound 17: Proceeding as described above but substituting trans-1,4-diamino-cyclohexane with 1,4-bis (3-aminopropyl) piperazine gave 1,4-bis. { 3- [[N-2- (4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl) -2-hydroxyethyl] amino] propyl} piperazine. ESMS (C28H44? 406): caled. 532.6, obsd. 533.3 [M + H] +, 550.0 (M +? A) ".
Compound 18: Proceeding as described above but substituting trans-1,4-diaminocyclohexane with p-xylylenediamine gave 1,4-bis. { N- [2- (4-hydroxy-3-hydroxy-methylphenyl) -2-hydroxyethyl] aminomethyl} benzene. ESMS (C26H32? 206): caled. 468.5, obsd. 469.3 [M + H] +, 492.0 [M +? A] +.
Compound 19: Proceeding as described above but substituting trans-1,4-diaminocyclohexane with m-xylylenediamine gave 1,3-bis. { N- [2- (4-hydroxy-3-hydroxy-methylphenyl) -2-hydroxyethyl] -aminomethyl} benzene. ESMS (C26H32? 20e): caled. 468.5, obsd. 469.3 [M + H] +, 492.0 [M +? A] +.
Compound 20: Which proceeds as described above but substituting trans-1,4-diamino-cyclohexane with 2-aminobenzylamine gave 1-. { N- [2- (4-hydroxy-3-hydroxy-methylphenyl) -2-hydroxyethyl] aminomethyl} -2- . { ? - [2- (4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl) -2-hydroxyethyl] amino-benzene. ESMS (C25H3o? 206): calcd. 454.5, obsd. 455.3 [M + H] ".
Compound 21: Proceeding as described above substituting trans-1,4-diamino-cyclohexane with 2- (4-aminophenyl) ethylamine gave l-. { 2- [N-2- [(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl) -2-hydroxyethyl] amino] ethyl} -2- . { N- [2- (4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl) -2-hydroxyethyl] amino] benzene. ESMS (C26H32? 206) caled. 468.5, obsd. 469.3 [M + H] +.
Compound 22: Proceeding as described above but substituting trans-1,4-diamino-cyclohexane with 4, '-oxidianiline gave 4,4'-bis. { ? - [2- (4-hydroxy-3-hydroxy-methylphenyl) -2-hydroxyethyl] amino} phenyl ether. ESMS (C3oH32N207): caled. 532.6, obsd. 533.3 [M + H] +, 556.1 [M + Na] +.
Compound 23: Proceeding as described above but substituting trans-1,4-diaminocyclohexane with 2-aminobenzylamine gave 1-. { N- [2- (4-hydroxy-3-hydroxy-methylphenyl) -2-hydroxyethyl] aminomethyl} -4- . { N- [2- (4-hydroxy-3-hydroxy-methylphenyl) -2-hydroxyethyl] amino} benzene. ESMS (C25H3o? 206): caled. 454.5. obs. 455.5 [M + H] +, 477.3 [M +? A] +.
Example 2 Synthesis of l-. { 2- [N-2- [(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl) -2-hydroxyethyl] amino] ethyl} -4- . { N- [2-phenyl-2-hydroxyethyl] amino] benzene (Figure 6 below)
To a suspension 12 of α, α-dihydroxy-4-hydroxy-3-methoxycarbonyl acetophenone, prepared in Example 1,
Stage 1, above (0.3 g, 1.33 mmolar) in (10 mL) of THF was added a solution of 2- (4-aminophenyl) ethylamine
(0.181 g, 1.33 mmol) in THF (5 mL). The resulting suspension was stirred for 3 hours at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere, followed by addition of 24 a, a-dihydroxy-acetophenone (0.2 g, 1.32 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 hours at RT, at which imine formation was completed and evaluated by TLC analysis. The reaction mixture was cooled in an ice bath and an excess amount of 2M BH-Me2S in hexane was added (9mL; 18 mmolar). The resulting mixture was slowly warmed to rt, and refluxed for 4 hours under N2 stream. After cooling, MeOH (10 mL) was added to quench the excessive amount of BH3-Me2S. After stirring 30 min., At rt, the final solution (or turbid suspension) was evaporated in vacuo, to give a pale brown solid. The solid was washed with EtOAc / hexane (1/2, 20 mL), and dried. The crude product was dissolved in 50% MeCN / H20 containing 0.5% TFA, and purified by high performance liquid chromatography pre-scale
(HPLC) using a linear gradient (5% at 50% MeCN / H20 for 50 min., 20 mL / min, detection at 254 nM).
Fractions with UV absorption were analyzed by LC-MS to locate 26 μl. { 2- [N-2- [(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl) -2-hydroxyethyl] amino] -ethyl} -4- . { N- [2-phenyl-2-hydroxyethyl] amino] benzene. ESMS (C25H3oN204): caled. 422.5, obsd. 423.3 (M + H) ".
Compound 27: Proceeding as described above, but substituting a, a-dihydroxy-4-hydroxy-3-methoxycarbonylacetophenone with a, a-dihydroxyacetoferione gave l-. { 2- [N- [2-phenyl-2-hydroxyethyl] aminoethyl} -4- [? - (2-phenyl-2-hydroxyethyl) amino] -benzene. ESMS ((C24H28? 208): caled 376. 5, obs 377. 0 (M + H). "
Example 3 Synthesis of 1-. { 2- [N-2- (4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl) -2-hydroxyethyl] amino] ethyl} -4- [N- (2-phenyl-2-hydroxyethyl) amino] enne (Figure 7 below)
Stage 1
To a solution of 4- (2-aminoethyl) aniline (20 g, 147 mmol) in methanol (250 mL) was added (Boc) 20 (32.4 g, 148 mmol) in methanol (50 mL) at rt. After stirring for 24 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated to dry to give a pale yellow oily residue. The oily material slowly solidified; thus, it was dissolved in 5% MeOH / CH2CL2 and subsequently column chromatography was applied in silica flash (3 to 10% MeOH / CH2CL2). After purification, 28-4 (N-Boc-2-aminoethyl) aniline was obtained as a pale yellow solid (32.95g, 95%): Rf = 0.6 in 10% MeOH / CH2CL2. 2H-NMR (CD3OD, 299.96 MHz): d (ppm) 6.96-6.93 (d, 2H), 6.69-6.65 (d, 2H), 3.20-3.13 (q, 2H), 2.63-2.58 (t, 2H) 1.41 (s, 9H).
Stage 2
28- (N-Boc-2-aminoethyl) aniline (1.25 g, 5.29 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (30 mL), followed by the addition of 24 phenylglyoxal (0.708 g 5.28 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour at rt, prior to the addition of
? BC? BH3 (0.665 g, 10.6 mmol) The final mixture was stirred for 12 hours at rt, concentrated, and purified by silica flash column chromatography (2 to 5% MeOH / CH2CL2) to give N- (2- phenyl-2-hydroxyethyl) -4- (N-Boc-2-aminoethyl) -aniline as a pale yellow oil (1.71 g, 91%): Rf = 0.18 in 5% MeOH / CH2CL2. XH-? MR (CD3OD, 299.96
MHz): d (ppm) 7.4-7.25 (m, 5H), 7.0-6.95 (d, 2H), 6.63-6.60 (d, 2H), 4.85-4.79 (dd, 1H), 3.3-3.21 (t, 2H) ), 3.2-3.15
(m, 2H), 2.64-2.5 (t, 2H), 1.42 (s.9H).
Stage 3
A solution of N- (2-phenyl-2-hydroxyethyl) -4- (N-Boc-2-aminoethyl) aniline (1.7 g, 4.77 mmol) in methylene chloride (10 mL) was cooled in an ice bath, and TFA (10 mL) was slowly added under a stream of nitrogen in gas. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour, and concentrated to yield a pale yellow oil. The crude material was purified by reverse phase HPLC (10% to 40% MeCN / H20 above 50 min, 20 mL / min) to give 29 N- (2-phenyl-2-hydroxyethyl) -4- (2- aminoethyl) aniline as TFA salt (1.1 g). ^ - MR (CD3OD, 299.96 MHz): d (ppm) 7.42-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.29-7.25 (d, 2H), 7.12-7.0 (d, 2H) 4.85- 4.82 (m, 1H), 3.45 -3.35 (m, 2H), 3.18-3.1 (t, 2H), 2.98- 2.94 (t, 2H); ESMS (C? 6H20? 2O?): Caled. 256.4, obs. 257.1 [M + H] +, 278.8 [M +? A] ", 513.4 [2M + H] +.
Stage 4
To a solution 29 of trifluoroacetate salt N- (2-phenyl-2-hydroxyethyl) -4- (2-aminoethyl) aniline (1.1 g, 2.3 mmolar) in methanol (10 mL) was added 5 M? AOH solution ( 0.93 mL): After stirring for 10 min., The solution was concentrated for drying. The residue was dissolved in (25 mL) THF, and 12 a, a-dihydroxy-4-hydroxy-3-methoxy-carbonylacetophenone (0.514 g, 2.27 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 12 hours at rt, cooled to 0 ° C, and BH3 / Me2S (1.14 mL, 10 M) was added under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was gradually warmed to rt, stirred for 2 hours at rt, and refluxed for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled and methanol (10 mL) was added slowly. After stirring for 30 min. At rt, the reaction mixture was concentrated to give a solid residue, which was dissolved in MeOH (20 mL) containing 19% TFA. Evaporation of the organics yielded a pale yellow oil which was purified by reverse phase HPLC: 10% to 30% MeCN / H20 over 50 min., 20 mL / min to give 30 l-. { 2- [N-2- (4-hydroxy-3-hydroxy-methylphenyl) -2-hydroxyethyl] -amino] ethyl} -4- [N- (2-phenyl-2-hydroxyethyl) -amino] benzene as the TFA salt (0.65 g). 1H-KMR (CD3OD, 299.96 MHz): d (ppm) 7.42-7.3 (m, 6H), 7.28-7.24 (d, 2H), 7.18-7.14 (dd.1H), 7.1-7.07 (d, 2H), 6.80-6.77 (d, 1H), 4.86-4.82 (m, 2H), 4.65 (s, 2H), 3.44-3.34 (m, 2H), 3.28-3.22 (m, 2H), 3.20-3.14 (m, 2H) ), 3.04-2.96 (m, 2H); ESMS (C25H3oN204): caled. 422.5, obsd. 423.1 [M + H] ", 404.7 [M-1H20]", 387.1 [M-2H20] ~.
Example 4 Synthesis of 1- (2- (N-2- (4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl) -2-hydroxyethyl] aminoethyl} -4- [N- (2-phenyl-2- (S) -hydroxyethyl) amino] benzene (Figure 8 below)
Stage 1
A solution of 28 4- (N-Boc-2-aminoethyl) aniline (7.0 g,
29. 6 mmolar) in ethanol (100 mL) and (R) -oxidostyrene (3.56 g, 29.6 mmolar) was refluxed for 24 hours. The organics were removed to give a pale yellow solid. N- (2-phenyl-2- (S) -hydroxyethyl) -4- (N-Boc- 2-aminoethyl) aniline was removed by flash column chromatography on silica: 1/2 EtOAc / hexane at 3/1 EtOAc / hexane to 3% MeOH in 3/1 EtOAc / hexane: Rf = 0.39 in 3% MeOH / CHjCl.,.
Stage 2
A solution of N- (2-phenyl-2- (S) -hydroxyethyl) -4- (N-Boc-2-aminoethyl) -aniline (2.5 g, 7.0 mmolar) in CH2CL2 (15 mL) was cooled in a bath of ice under a stream of nitrogen and slowly added TFA (15 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at 0 (g) C and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was dissolved in 20% MeC? / H20 and purified by preparative reverse phase HPLC (5 to 2% MeC? / H20 above 50 min; 254 nm; 20 mL / min.), To give 31 salt of trifluoroacetate aniline N- (2-phenyl-2- (S) -hydroxyethyl) -4- (2-aminoethyl) as a dye oil. ^ - MR (CD3OD, 299.96 MHz): d (ppm) 7.45-7.25 (m, 9H), 4.9 (dd, 1H), 3.55-3.45 (, 2H), 3.21-3.15 (t, 2H), 3.05-2.95 (t, 2H) ESMS (C? 6H20? 2O?): caled. 256.4, obs. 257.1 [M + H] +, 280.2 [M +? A] +.
Stage 3
To a solution 31 of aniline trifluoroacetate N- (2-phenyl-2- (S) -hydroxyethyl) -4- (2-aminoethyl) (0.144 g, 0.33 mmolar) in methanol (10 mL) was added aq. ? aOH
(1.0 M, 0.625 mL). The solution was concentrated for drying and the residue was dissolved in anhydrous THF (5mL). 12 a, -Dihydroxy-4-hydroxy-3-methoxycarbonylacetophenone (0.067 g, 0.3 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 12 hours at rt. BH3-Me2S (0.2 mL, 2M) was added at 0 ° C and the reaction mixture was heated to 75 ° C for 6 hours. After cooling the reaction mixture in an ice bath, MeOH (5 mL) was slowly added to quench the reaction, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min., At rt. The organics were removed and the residue was dissolved in TFA / MeOH (1/9, 20 mL), and concentrated. The crude product was dissolved in 20% MeCN / H20, and purified by preparative HPLC: 5 to 20% MeCN / H20; 20 mL / min; 254 nm.) To give 33 l-. { 2- (N-2- (4-hydroxy-3-hydroxy-methylphenyl) -2-hydroxyethyl] amino] ethyl.} -4- [N- (2-phenyl-2- (S) -hydroxyethyl) -amino ]benzene.
XH-NMR (CD3OD, 299.96 MHz): d (ppm) 7.42-7.29 (, 8H), 7.22-7.18 (d, 2H), 7.17-7.14 (dd, 1H), 6.80-6.77 (d, 1H), 4.9 -4.85 (m, 2H), 4.65 (s, 2H), 3.5-3.34 (m, 2H), 3.28-3.25 (, 2H), 3.19-3.14 (m, 2H), 3.04-2.98 (m, 2H); ESMS (C25H3oN204): caled. 422.5, obsd. 423.1 [M + H] \ 446.1 [M + Na] +.
Proceeding as described above in Example 4 but substituting (R) - styrene oxide with (S) -oxide-styrene gave 34 l-. { 2- [N-2- (4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl) -2-hydroxyethyl] amino] ethyl} -4- [N- (2-phenyl-2- { R) -hydroxyethyl) amino] benzene.
-NMR (CD3OD, 299.96 .MHz): d (ppm) 7.42-7.28 (m, 8H), 7.20-7.1 (, 3H), 6.80-6.77 (d, 1H), 4.9-4.85 (m, 2H), 4.65 (s, 2H), 3.45-3.34 (m, 2H), 3.28-3.25 (m, 2H), 3.19-3.15 (m, 2H), 3.04-2.98 (m, 2H); ESMS (C25H3oN204): caled. 422.5, obsd. 423.1 [M + H] +, 446.1 [M + Na] +.
Example 5 Synthesis of 1,6-bis. { 4- (N- [2- (4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl) -2-hydroxyethyl] aminoxyloxypropyl] phenoxy] hexane (Figure 9 below)
Stage 1
A solution of 3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -1-propanol (3.3 g, 21.7 mmol) and 1,2-di-iodohexane (3.5 g, 8.88 mmol) in dimethylsulfoxide (40 mL) was degassed and saturated with gas 2 and potassium carbonate (4.5 g, 32.56 mmolar) was added. The reaction of the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C for 18 hours under nitrogen atmosphere and then quenched with saline solution (150 mL). The product was extracted with RtOAc (200 mL) and the organic extracts were washed with 0.1 M NaOH and saline, and dried with MgSO4. The organics were removed in vacuo to give a pale brown solid. The solid was purified by silica flash column chromatography: 4/1 hexane / EtOAc to 5% MeOH in 1/1 hexane / EtOAc to give 36 1, 6-bis [4- (3-hydroxypropyl) phenoxy] hexane (Rf = 0.17 in 1/1 hexane / EtOAc) in 65% yield (2.23 g). XH-NMR (CD3OD, 299.96 MHz): d (ppm); 7.08-7.05 (d, 4H), 6.80-7.77 (d, 4H), 3.93-3.89 (t, 4H), 3.56-3.52 (t, 4H), 2.64-2.56 (t, 4H), 1.81-1.69 (, 8H), 1.44-1.21 (m, 4H).
Stage 2
A solution of 36 1, 6-bis [4- (3-hydroxypropyl) phenoxy] hexane (2.2 g, 5.69 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) containing NaH (0.57 g, 60% dispersion in mineral oil) was added to 0 ° C under nitrogen atmosphere and the reaction of the mixture was heated to 50 ° C. After 1 hour, 6-bromohexanonitrile (2.26 mL, 17 mmol) was added and the reaction of the mixture was heated to 80 ° C. 24 hours. The reaction of the mixture was quenched with saline (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (250 mL). The organic phase was washed with saline, dried with MgSO, and evaporated in vacuo, to give a pale yellow oil. Purification by silica gel column chromatography: 4/1 to 1/1 hexane / EtOAc gave 37 1, 6-bis [4- (5-cyanopentyloxypropyl) phenoxy] hexane product (Rf = 0.6 in 1/1 EtOAc / hexane ). XH-NMR (CDCl 3 OD, 299.96 MHz): d (ppm); 7.09-7.06 (d, 4H), 6.82-6.79 (d, 4H), 3.94-3.90 (t, 4H), 3.42-3.37 (m, 8H), 2.64-2.58 (t, 4H), 2.40-2.32 (m , 8H), 1.90-1.26 (m, 24H).
Stage 3
To 37 1, 6-bis [4- (5-cyanopentyloxypropyl) phenoxy] hexane (0.278 g, 0.48 mmolar) obtained in Step 2 above was added to a mixture of conc. HCl 810 mL) and AcOH (2 mL) and the reaction of the mixture was diluted with saline
(50 mL), extracted with EtOAc (100 mL), and dried with
MgSO4. Evaporation of the organic phase afforded 38-l, 6-bis [4- (5-carboxypentyl-oxypropyl) phenoxy] hexane as a pale yellow oily residue, which was used in the next Step without further purification. - "? - NMR
(CDCl 3, 299.96 MHz): d (ppm); 7.09-7.07 (d, 4H), 6.82- 6.79 (d, 4H), 3.96-3.92 (t, 4H), 3.42-3.56 (m, 8H), 2.64-2.59 (t, 4H), 2.39-2.32 (m , 4H), 1.91-1.40 (m, 24H).
Stage 4
To a solution 39 2-hydroxy-2- (4-benzyloxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl) -ethylamine (0.263 g, 0.96 mmolar) in DMF (8 mL) was added 1,6-bis [4- (5-carboxypentyloxypropyl) phenoxy] ] exano (-0.48 mmolar), obtained in Stage 3 above, HOBt (0.13 g, 0.96 mmolar), DIPEA (0.21"mL, 1.20 mmolar), and PyBOP (0.502 g, 0.96 mmolar) After stirring for 24 hours At rt, the reaction of the mixture was diluted with saline (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL) .The organic layer was washed with 0.1 M NaOH, 0.1 M HCl, and saline, and dried over MgSO 4 The organic solvents were removed in vacuo to give 1,6-bis [4- (5-amidopentioxypropyl) -phenoxy] hexane as a pale yellow oily residue (0.45 g).
Stage 5
A solution of 1,6-bis [4- (5-amidopentioxypropyl) -phenoxy] hexane (0.45 g, 0.4 mmol) obtained in Step 4 above, in anhydrous THF (10 mL) was added to a solution of LiAlH4 (0.16). g, 4.22 mmol) in anhydrous THF (49 mL) at 0 ° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 4 hours at 80 ° C under nitrogen atmosphere and then quenched with 10% NaOH (1 mL at 0 ° C). C. After 30 min., The reaction of the mixture was precipitated and filtered and the precipitate was washed with 10% MeOH in THF (50 mL). The filtrates were combined and evaporated in vacuo to give a pale yellow oily residue. Purification by flash silica gel column chromatography: 5% MeOH / CH2Cl2 at 3% i-PrNH2 in 10% MeOH / CH2Cl2 gave 1,6-bis [4- (5 (aminoxyloxypropyl) -phenoxy] hexane. XH-NMR (CDC13, 299.96 MHz): d (ppm), 7.40-7.25 (m, 12H), 7.22-7.18 (d, 2H), 7.09-7.02 (d, 4H), 6.91-6.88 (d, 2H) , 6.81-6.75 (d, 4H), 5.01 (s, 4H), 4.8-4.75 (m, 2H), 4.70 (s, 4H), 3.96-3.83 (q, 4H), 3.4 2-3.34 (m, 8H), 2.84-2.64 (, 8H), 2.62- 2.56 (t, 4H), 1.84-1.75 (m, 8H), 1.57-1.50 (m, 10H),
1. 34-1.23 (m, 10H).
Stage 6
A solution of 1,6-bis [4- (5 (aminoxyloxypropyl) -phenoxy] hexane (0.16 g, 0.15 mmol) obtained in Step 5 above, in EtOH (40 mL) was hydrogenated under H 2 atmosphere (1 atm) with 10% Pd / C catalyst (100 mg) at rt for 24 hours The catalyst was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to give the crude product as a pale yellow oil Purification by reverse phase HPLC: 10 to 50% MeCH / H20 over 40 min; 20 mL / min; 254 nm yields 40 1, 6-bis. {4- (N- [2- (4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethyl-phenyl) -2-hydroxyethyl] (aminoxyloxypropyl) ] -phenoxy] hexane, H ^ NMR (CD3OD, 299.96 MHz): d (ppm), 7.35 (d, 2H), 7.18-7.15 (dd, 2H), 7.08-7.05 (d, 4H), 6.82-6.77 ( m, 6H), 4.65 (s, 4H), 3.96-3.92 (t, 4H), 3.45-3.34 (m, 8H), 3.12-3.01 (m, 6H), 2.94-2.89 (t, 2H), 2.62- 2.57 (t, 4H), 1.86-1.43 (m, 28H); ESMS (C54H8oN2O? O): caled, 917.1, Obs, 917.5 [M] ", 940.8 [M + Na] +.
Example 6 Synthesis of l-. { 2- [N-2- (4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl) -2- (R) -hydroxyethyl] aminoethyl} -4- [? - (2-phenyl-2- (S) -hydroxyethyl) amino] phenyl (Figure 10 below)
Stage 1
A mixture of 4- (N-Boc-2-aminoethylaniline) was refluxed
(10 g, 42.34 mmolar), benzaldehyde (4.52 mL, 44.47 mmolar), and molecular sieves of 4Á (10 g) in toluene
(100 mL) at 95 ° C for 15 hours. The reaction of the mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give a dye oil. The oil was dissolved in MeOH (150 mL) and AcOH (0.5 mL) and? AC? BH3 (2.79 g, 44.4 mmol) were added. The reaction of the mixture was stirred at 0 ° C for 1 hour and at rt for 2 hours and then concentrated in vacuo to give a pale yellow oily residue. Purification by flash column chromatography on silica: 1/1 hexane / EtOAc gave 41 N-benzyl-4- (N-Boc-2-aminoethyl) aniline as a coloring oil
(11.5 g, 83%). Rf = 0.75 in 1/1 hexane / EtOAc. H ^? MR (CD3OD,
299. 96 MHz): d (ppm); 7.38-7.2 (m, 5H), 6.87-6.84 (d, 2H), 6.58-6.55 (d, 2H), 4.27 (s, 2H), 3.2-3.15 (m, 2H), 2.6-2.56 (t, 2H) ), 1.4 (s, 9H); ESMS (C20H26? 2O2): caled. 326.4, Obsd. 328 [M + H] +.
Stage 2
A mixture 41 of N-benzyl-4- (N-Boc-2-aminoethyl) aniline (10 g, 30.7 mmol) and (R) styrene oxide (3.51 mL, 30.7 mmol) in EtOH (100 mL) was refluxed for 24 hours. h. A small aliquot of the reaction mixture was taken for liquid chromatographic analysis, which indicated that the nearby 2- [(N-benzyl-4- [2-N-Boc-aminoethyl] anilino] -1-phenylethanol was formed as a minor product in parallel with another regio-isomer 2- [(N-benzyl-4- [2-N-Boc-aminoethyl) anilino] -2-phenyl-ethanol in a percentage of ~ l / 2. Evaporation of the solution gave pale, coarse yellow oil, the cell was purified by flash column chromatography on silica: 4/1 to 2/1 hexane / EtOAc. After repeated chromatography, 2- [(N-benzyl-4-N-Boc-aminoethyl) anilino] -1-phenyl-ethanol was obtained as a dye oil (4.01 g, 29%) (Rf = 0.76 in 2). Hexane / EtOAc). H1-? MR (CD3OD, 299.96 MHz): d (ppm); 7.4-7.1 (m, 10H), 7.1-7.6 (d, 2H), 6.68-6.65 (d, 2H), 5.0 (t, 1H), 4.52-4.46 (d, 1H), 4.26-4.22 (d, 1H) ), 3.76-3.68 (dd, 1H), 3.56-3.48 (dd, 1H), 3.22-3.12 (m, 2H), 2.68-2.56 (m, 2H), 1.41 (s, 9H); ESMS (C28H34? 203): caled. 446.6, obsd. 447.1 [M + H] +.
Stage 3
To a solution of 2- [(N-benzyl-4- [N-Boc-aminoethyl] anilino] -1-phenyl-ethanol (4.01 g, 8.99 mmolar) in CH2C12 (15 L) kept in an ice bath was added TFA (15 mL) under an atmosphere of nitrogen flow. After stirring at 0 ° C for 30 min., The reaction of the mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give a pale yellow oil. Purification by flash chromatography of silica: (1/2 hexane / EtOAc at 5% i-PrNH2 in hexane / EtOAc) gave 42 2- [(N-benzyl-4- [2-aminoethyl] anilino] -1-phenyl- ethanol as a pale yellow oil of such fractions with Rf of 0.2 (5% i-Pr? H2 in 1/2 hexane / EtOAc) in 74% yield (2.29 g). H ^? MR (CD30D, 299.96 MHz): d (ppm); 7.38-7.6 (m, 10H), 7.01-6.98 (d, 2H), 6.71-6.68 (d, 2H), 5.02-4.96 (dd, 1H), 4.54-4.48 (d, 1H), 4.29-4.23 (d , 1H), 3.76-3.67 (dd, 1H), 3.58-3.50 (dd, 1H), 2.82-2.74 (t, 2H), 2.64-2.59 (t, 2H); ESMS (C23H26? 20?): Caled. 346.5, obsd. 346.3 [M] +,
Stage 4
A mixture of 42 2- [(N-benzyl-4- [2-aminoethyl] anilino] -1-phenyl-ethanol (2.28 g, 6.59 mmol), benzaldehyde (0.74 mL, 7.28 mmol), and 4 A sieves (4 g) in toluene (40 mL) was heated at 90 ° C. for 14 hours.The reaction of the mixture was cooled and filtered, and the sieves were rinsed with toluene.The combined filtrates were concentrated to give an oily residue which was washed with hexane, and dried The residue was dissolved in MeOH (40 mL) containing AcOH (0.4 mL) and the reaction of the mixture was cooled in an ice bath, NaCNBH3 (0.62 g, 9.87 mmol) was added and the reaction the mixture was stirred for 2 hr rt, and then concentrated.The oily residue was dissolved in 60% MeCN / H20, and purified by preparative reverse phase liquid chromatography (40 to 80% MeCN / H20, for 30 minutes: 30 mL / min to give 2- [(N-benzyl-4- [2-N-benzylaminoethyl] anilino] -1-phenylethanol as the TFA salt: The product was treated with alkaline saline, and extracted with ether (200 mL) The organic layer was dried with NaS0, and concentrated, to give 43 2- [(N-benzyl) 4- [2-N-benzylaminoethyl) anilino] -1-phenylethanol as a dye oil (1.36 g) HX-? MR (CD3OD, 299.96 MHz): d (ppm); 7.36-7.6 (m, 15H), 6.98-6.95 (d, 2H), 6.69-6.60 (d, 2H), 5.01-4.96 (t, 1H), 4.54-4.47 (d, 1H), 4.29-4.24 (d , 1H), 3.73 (s, 2H), 3.72-3.68 (dd, 1H), 3.59-3.54 (dd, 1H), 2.80-2.74 (m, 2H), 2.70-2.64 (m, 2H); ESMS (C30H32? 2O?): Caled. 336.6, obsd. 437.2 [M + H] ".
Stage 5
A concentrated solution of 2- [(N-benzyl-4- [2-N-benzylaminoethyl] anilino] -1-phenylethanol (1.36 g, 3.12 mmolar) and the compound 44 (S) -4-benzyloxy-3-methoxycarbonyl styrene oxide ( 0.887 g, 3.12 mmolar, ~ 95% ee) (prepared as described in R.Hett, R. Stare, P. Helquis, Tet.Lett., 35, 9375-9378, (1994)) in toluene (lmL9 warmed at 105 ° C for 72 hours under nitrogen atmosphere The reaction of the mixture was purified by flash column chromatography (2/1 hexane EtOAc for 3% MeOH in 1/1 hexane / EtOAc) to give 45 - { 2- [N-benzyl-N-2- (4-benzyloxy-3-methoxycarbonylphenyl) -2- (R) -hydroxy] ethylaminoethyl} -4- [N- (2-phenyl-2- (5) -hydroxy) ethylamino] benzene (Rf = 0.62 in 3% MeOH in 1/1 hexane / EtOAc) was obtained as a pale yellow foam (2.0 g, 89%).
H ^? MR (CD3OD, 299.96 MHz): d (ppm); 7.67-7.66 (d, 1H), 7.38-6.0 (, 20H), 6.88-6.85 (d, 2H), 6.65-6.62 (d, 2H), 5.15 (s, 2H), 5.05-4.98 (t, 1H) , 4.6-4.54 (t, 1H), 4.53-4.46 (d, 1H), 4.28-4.22 (d, 1H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.72-3.64 (m, 3H), 3.56-3.46 (dd, 1H), 2.74-2.56 (m, 6H); ESMS (C47H48? 205): caled. 720.9, obsd. 721.4 [M + H] +, 743.3 [M +? A] +.
Stage 6
To a suspension of LIAH4 (0.211 g, 5.56 mmolar) in THF (40 mL) cooled with an ice bath was added 45 l-. { 2 - [β-Benzyl-β-2- (4-benzyloxy-3-methoxycarbonylphenyl) -2- (R) -hydroxyethyl] aminoethyl} -4- [? - (2-phenyl-2- (S) -hydroxyethyl) amino] benzene (2.0 g, 2.78 mmol) in THF (10 mL) under nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction of the mixture was slowly warmed to rt and the stirring was continued for 5 hours. The reaction was cooled to 0 ° C, and 10% of αaOH (0.5 mL) was added. After 30 min., A thick gel formed. The gel was diluted with THF (300 mL), filtered, and the solid mass was rinsed with THF (50 mL).
The filtrates were combined, and concentrated in vacuo, yielding an oily residue. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica (2/1) hexane / EtOAc at 3% MeOH in 1/1 hexane / EtOAc) to give 1-. { 2- [N-Benzyl-N-2- (4-benzyloxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl) -2- (R) -hydroxyethyl] aminoethyl} -4- [N- (2-phenyl-2- (S) -hydroxyethyl) amino] benzene as a dye oil (1.28 g, 67%). HX-? MR (CD3OD, 299.96 MHz): d (ppm) 7.4-7.0 (m, 22H), 6.85-6.82 (m, 3H), 6.63-6.60 (d, 2H), 5.02-4.84 (m, 3H) , 4.66 (s, 2H), 4.59-4.54 (dd, 1H), 4.48-4.4 (d, 1H), 4.24-4.16 (d, 1H), 3.76-3.7 (d, 1H), 3.69-3.62 (dd, 1H), 3.58-3.52 (s, 1H), 3.50-3.44 (dd, 1H), 2.76-2.54 (m, 6H); ESMS (C46H48? 204): caled. 692.90, obs. 693.5 [M + H] +.
Stage 7
A solution of l- was hydrogen. { 2- [N-benzyl] -N-2- (4-benzyloxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl) -2- (R) -hydroxyethyl] amino] ethyl} -4- [N-2-phenyl-2- (5) -hydroxyethyl) amino] -benzene (1.28 g, 1.85 mmol) in EtOH (80 mL) under H2 (1 atm) with 10% Pd / C (0.6 g ) for 36 hours. After filtration and rinsing the catalyst with EtOH (50 mL), the filtrates were combined, and evaporated in vacuo, yielding a pale yellow foam which was dissolved in 10% MeC? / H20, and purified by preparative liquid chromatography. of reverse phase (10 to 30% MeC? / H20 (containing 0.3% TFA) over 50 min; 30 mL / min; 254 nm) to give l-. { 2- [N-2- (4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethyl-phenyl) -2- ^ (R) -hydroxyethyl] aminoethyl} -4- [N- (2-phenyl-2- (S) -hydroxyethyl) -amino] benzene as the TFA salt (0.6 g, 50%). Optical purity of 46 l-. { 2- [N-2- (4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl) -2- (R) -hydroxyethyl] aminoethyl} -4- [N- (2-phenyl-2- (S) -hydroxyethyl) amino] benzene which was analyzed with capillary electrophoresis by use of the chiral medium, and estimated to be ~ 93%.
H ^? MR (CD30D, 299.96 MHz): d (ppm) 7.42-7.28 (m, 8H), 7.26-7.22 (d, 2H), 7.18-7.14 (dd, 1H), 6.80-6.77 (d, 1H) , 4.88-4.82 (m, 2H), 4.65 (s, 2H), 3.5-3.43 (m, 2H), 3.29-3.26 (m, 2H), 3.19-4.14 (m, 2H), 3.06-3.0 (m, 2H), ESMS (C25H30? 2O4): caled. 422.5, obsd. 423.1 [M + H] +, 445.4 [M +? A] +.
Example 7 Synthesis of l-. { 6- [N- [2- (4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl) -2- [hydroxyethyl] -amino] hexyloxy} -4- . { 6- [N- [2- (4-hydroxy-3-hydroxyethylphenyl) -2-hydroxyethyl] amino] hexyloxypropyl} Benzene (Figure 11 below)
Stage 1
A solution of 3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -1-propanol (2.0 g, 13.1 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added to a solution of DMF (35 mL) containing NaH (1.31 g, 60% in mineral oil). ) at 0 ° C under nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was slowly warmed to 80 ° C. After stirring for one hour at 80 ° C, the reaction mixture was cooled to 0 ° C, and 6-bromohexanonitrile (5.78 g, 32.83 mmol) was added. The final mixture was re-heated to 80 ° C and stirred for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was rinsed with saturated NaCl solution (200 mL), and the product was extracted with EtOAC (300 mL). The organic layer was washed with saline, dried with Na 2 SO 4, and evaporated for drying, yielding a pale yellow solid. Purification of the crude product by flash column chromatography on silica: 4/1 to 1/1 hexane EtOAc provided 6-. { 3- [4- (5-cyanopentyloxy) phenyl] propoxy} hexanonitrile in 30% yields (1.33 g). Rf = 0.63 in 1/1 EtOAc / hexane. H ^ MR (CDC13, 299.96 MHz): d (ppm) 7.09-7.07 (d, 2H), 6.81-6.78 (d, 2H), 3.96-3.92 (t, 2H), 3.42-3.37 (m, 4H), 2.64-2.58 (t, 2H), 2.39-2.32 (m, 4H), 1.87-1.52 (m, 14 H).
Stage 2
A solution of 6- was added. { 3- [4- (5-pentyloxy) phenyl] propoxy} hexanonitrile (1.33 g, 3.88 mmol) in THF (10 mL) to a solution of LiAlH4 (0.442 g, 11.65 mmol) in THF (50 L) at 0 ° C under nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was slowly heated to reflux, and stirred for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 ° C, and 10% NaOH solution (5 mL) was slowly added. After 30 min., The reaction mixture was filtered, and the collected solids were washed with THF (100 mL). The filtrate was concentrated to yield a pale yellow oil which was purified by flash column chromatography on silica: 5% MeOH / CH2Cl2 at 3% i-PrNH2 / 20% MeOH / CH2Cl2 to give 6-. { 3- [4- (6-aminohexyloxy) -phenyl] propoxy} -hexylamine as a dye oil (0.5 g, 37%) which was converted to the desired compound by the procedure described above in Example 1, step 2. The crude product was purified by reverse preparatory HPLC phase: 10 to 40% MeCN / H20 above 40 min; 20 mL / min; 254 nm. ESMS (C39H58N208): caled. 682.8, obsd. 683.6 [M + H] ", 797.5 [M + CF3C02H] +.
Example 8 Synthesis of bis. { 2-. { 2- (4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl) -2-hydroxy] ethylamino} -2-hydroxyethoxy} Benzene (Figure 12 below)
Stage 1
To a solution of saturated N2 acetonitrile (300 mL) containing 50 methyl 5-acetylsalicylate (20 g, 0.1 molar) and benzyl bromide (13.5 mL, 0.11 mmol) was added K2C03 (28.5 g, 0.21 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 90 ° C for 5 hours. After cooling, the reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated, in vacuo, yielding a white solid which was suspended in hexane (300 mL), and collected in a Buchner funnel to give 51 Methyl O-benzyl. -5-acetylsalicylate as a dye for white crystals (28.1 g, 96%). Rf = 0.69 in 1/1 EtOAc / hexane. HX-NMR (CDCL3, 299.96 MHz): d (ppm) 7.8.43-8.42 (d, 1H), 8.1-8.04 (dd, 1H), 7.5-7.28 (m, 5H), 7.08-7.04 (d, 1H ), 5.27 (s, 2H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 2.58 (s, 3H).
Stage 2
To a solution of 51 Methyl O-benzyl-5-acetylsalicylate
(14.15 g, 0.05 mmolar) in CHC13- (750 L) was added bromine (2.70 mL, 0.52 mmolar). The reaction of the mixture was stirred at rt. While stirring, the reaction of the mixture gradually turned red-brown for coloration. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours at rt, and rinsed by the addition of saline (300 mL). After stirring the mixture in a separatory funnel the organic layer was collected, washed with saline and dried under Na2SO4. The organic solution was concentrated in vacuo, yielding a white solid. This was washed with ether (200 mL). After air drying, 15 g (83%) of 52 methyl O-benzyl-5- (bromoacetyl) -salicylate were obtained. Rf = 0.76 in 1/1 EtOAc / hexane. HX-NMR (CDCL3, 299.96 MHz): d (ppm) 8.48-8.46 (d, 1H), 8.14-8.08 (dd, 1H), 7.51-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.12-7.09 (d, 1H), 5.29 (s, 2H), 4.42 (s, 2H), 3.94 (s, 3H).
Stage 3
To a solution of DMF (60 mL) containing 52 methyl 0-benzyl-5- (bromoacetyl) -salicylate (7.08 g, 0.019 molar) was added NaN3 (1.9 g, 0.029 molar). After stirring at rt for 24 hours in the dark, the mixture was diluted with EtOAc (200 mL), and washed with a saline solution (3 x 200 mL) in a separatory funnel. The organic phase was dried under MgSO 4 and concentrated to obtain a pale red solid. This was purified by flash column chromatography on silica: 10 to 50% EtOAc / hexane. The desired product 53 methyl O-benzyl-5- (acidoacetyl) salicylate was obtained as white crystals (4.7 g, 74%). Rf = 0.68 in 1/1 EtOAc / hexane. H NMR (CDCL3, 299.96 MHz): d (ppm) 8.38-8.36 (d, 1H), 8.08-8.04 (dd, 1H) 7.5-7.3 (m, 5H), 7.12-7.09 (d, 1H), 5.29 (s, 2H), 4.53 (s, 2H), 3.94 (s, 3H).
Stage 4
To a gray suspension of LiAlH4 (2.74 g, 0.072 mmol) in THF (400 mL) cooled in an ice bath was added 53 methyl O-benzyl-5- (acidoacetyl) salicylate (4.7 g, 0.014 mmol) under nitrogen atmosphere . The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 ° C for 1 hour, and gradually warmed to rt. After stirring for 16 h at rt, the mixture was heated at 75 ° C for 3 h. The reaction mixture was cooled in an ice bath and slowly rinsed by adding 10% NaOH (10 mL). After stirring for 1 hour, the precipitates were filtered, and rinsed with 5% MeOH in THF (200 mL). The filtrates were combined, and concentrated in vacuo, yielding a pale yellow oily residue. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel column chromatography: 10% MeOH / CH2Cl2 at 5% i-PrNH2 in 30% MeOH / CH2Cl2, to give 39 2- (4-benzyloxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl) -2-hydroxyethylamine as a pale yellow solid (2.6 g, 66%). Rf = 0.63 in 5% i-PrNH2 in 30% MeOH / CH2Cl H ^ NMR (CD3OD, 299.96 MHz): d (ppm) 7.46-7.28 (m, 6H), 7.24-7.20 (dd, 1H), 7.0-6.96 (d, 1H), 5.11 (s, 2H), 4.70 (s, 2H), 44.65-4.60 (t, 1H), 2. 83-2. 81 (d, 2H); ESMS (C? 6H? 9N? 03): caled. 273 3, obsd. 274 7 [M + H] ", 547. 3 [2M + H] + Step 5
To a solution of EtOH (15 mL) of a compound 39 containing 2- (4-benzyloxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl) -2-hydroxyethylamine (0.3 g, 1.1 mmol) was added resorcinol diglycidyl ether (0.122 g, 0.55 mmol). dissolved in EtOH (5 mL). The reaction mixture was refluxed for 20 hours. After cooling down rt, the reaction mixture was degassed with nitrogen and hydrogenated with 10% Pd / C (0.3 g, 10%) under H 2 atmosphere
(1 atm) for 24 hours. After filtration of the catalyst, the filtrate was concentrated to dry, yielding an oily oil residue which was purified by reverse preparatory HPLC phase (10 to 50% Me CN / H20 = for 40 min, 20 mL / min, 254 nm) to give 54 bis. { 2-. { 2- (4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl) -2-hydroxy] -etiamino} -2-hydroxyethoxy} benzene, ESMS (C3oH0N2O? o): caled. 588.6, obs. 589.4 [M + H] +, 610.7 [M + Na] +.
Example 9 Synthesis of l-. { 2- [N-2- (4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl) -2- hydroxy-ethyl] amino] ethyl} -4- [N- (2-naphth-l-yloxymethyl-2-hydroxyethyl) amino} Benzene (Figure 13 below)
A solution of EtOH (50 L) quer contains 28 4- (N -Boc-2-aminoethyl) aniline (0.4 g, 1.69 mmolar) and 55 3- (l-naphthoxy) -1, 2-epoxypropane (0.33 g, 1.65 mmolar) was refluxed for 15 hours, and concentrated in vacuo for drying, yielding a pale yellow oil. This was dissolved in 10 mL of CH2C12, cooled in an ice bath, and treated with TFA (5 mL). After stirring for 2 hours at 0 ° C, the mixture was evaporated, yielding a pale red oil. This was dissolved in 30% aqueous acetonitrile and purified by preparative HPLC: 30% MeC? / H20 for 30 min; 20 mL / min; 254 nm. The product 56 was obtained as a coloring oil (260 mg, TFA salt). HX-? MR (CD3OD, 299.96 MHz): d (ppm) 8.88-8.25
(dd, 1H), 7.82-7.79 (dd, 1H), 7.51-7.42 (, 3H), 7.39- 7.38 (d, 1H), 7.33-7-30 (d, 2H), 7.25-7.23 (d, 2H) ), 6.91-6.89 (d, 1H), 4.37-4.31 (m, 1H), 4.22-4.19 (m, 2H), 3.69-3.63 (dd, 1H), 3.67-3.54 (dd, 1H), 3.67-3.54 (dd, 1H), 3.17-3.11 (t, 2H), 2.96-2.91 (t, 2H); ESMS (C2? H24? 202): caled. 336.4, obsd. 337.5 [M + H] ", 359.6 [M +? A] +, 673.4 [2M + H] +.
Stage 2
To a solution of compound 56 (0.13 g, 0.023 mmolar salt of TFA) in 5 mL of MeOH was added 1.0 M NaOH (1.0 M, 0.46 mL) after homogenizing the mixture, the solution was evaporated for drying. The residue was dissolved in THF (10 mL) followed by the addition of 12 glyoxal (52 mg, 0.023 mmol). The resulting suspension was stirred for 4 h at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere. After cooling the resulting solution in an ice bath, an excess amount of 2 M BH3-Me2S in THF (3 mL, 6 mmol) was added to the previous reaction solution. The resulting mixture was slowly warmed to rt, and refluxed for 4 h under N2 stream. After cooling the hot solution, 5 mL of MOH was added to the cooled mixture to quench the reaction of the mixture under a nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring for 30 minutes at rt the final solution was evaporated in vacuo yielding a pale brown solid. This was washed with EtOAc / hexane (1/2, 20 mL), and dried. The crude product was dissolved in 50% MeCN / H20 containing 0.5% TFA and purified by pre-scale high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) using a linear gradient (5% to 50% MeCN / H20 for 50 min. , 20 mL / min, detection at 254 nM). Fractions with UV absorption were analyzed by LC-MS to locate the desired product 57 l-. { 2- [N-2- (4-hydroxy-3-hydroxy-methylphenyl (-2-hydroxyethyl) amino] -ethyl.} -4- [N- (2-naphth-1-yloxymethyl-2-hydroxyethyl) ) amino] benzene.
ESMS (C3oH34N205): caled. 502 6, obsd. 503.2 [M + H] ", 525. 6 [M + Na] + Example 10 Synthesis of 1, 4, 7-tris { N- [2- (4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl) -2-hydroxyethyl ] amino.} octane
A solution of 4- (aminomethyl) -1,8-octadhodamine ( 115 mg, 0.66 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (5 mL). The resulting suspension was stirred for 12 h at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere. After cooling the resulting solution in an ice bath, an excess amount of 2 M BH3-Me2 in hexane (6 mL, 12 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was slowly warmed to rt and refluxed for 6 h under nitrogen atmosphere. After cooling the reaction of the mixture was quenched with methanol (5 mL). The resolving solution was stirred at rt for 30 min, and then concentrated in vacuo to give a pale brown solid. The solid was washed with ethyl acetate: hexane mixture (1: 2) and then dried. The crude product was dissolved in 50% acetonitrile / water containing 0.5% TFA and purified by HPLC using a linear gradient (5% at 50% MeCN / H20 for 50 min., 20 mL / min., Detection at 254 nM. ). Fractions with UV absorption were analyzed by LC-MS to locate the desired product. ESMS (C36H53N3O9): Caled. 671.8; Obsd. 671.7.
Formulation Examples
Example 1
Hard gelatine capsules containing the following ingredients were prepared:
Ingredient Quantity (mg / capsule)
Active ingredient 30.0 Starch 305.0 Magnesium Stearate 5.0
The above ingredients were mixed and filled into hard gelatin capsules in amounts of 340 mg.
Example 2 A tablet formula was prepared using the ingredients below:
Ingredient Quantity (mg / tablet)
Active ingredient 25.0 Cellulose, microcrystalline 200.0 Colloidal silicon dioxide 10.0 Stearic acid 5.0 The components are "folded and compressed to form tablets, each weighing 240 ng.
Example 3
An inhaled formulation of dry powder was prepared containing the following components:
Ingredient Weight%
Active ingredient 5 Lactose 95
The active ingredient was mixed with the lactose and the mixture was added to a dry powder of inhaled application.
Example 4
Tablets, each containing 30 mg of the active ingredient were prepared as follows:
Ingredient Quantity (mg / tablet)
Active ingredient 30.0 mg Starch 45.0 mg Microcrystalline cellulose 35.0 mg Polyvinylpyrrolidone (as a "10% solution in sterile water) 4.0 mg Carboxymethyl sodium starch 4.5 mg Magnesium stearate 0.5 mg Talc 1.0 mg Total 120.0 mg
The active ingredient, starch and cellulose were passed through a U.S. No. 20 mesh and mixed thoroughly. The solution of polyvinylpyrrolidone is mixed with the resulting powders, which are then passed through a U.S. No. 16 mesh. The granules produced are then dried at 50 ° C to 60 ° C and passed through a U.S. sieve. No. 16 mesh. The starch carboxymethyl sodium, magnesium stearate, and talc, previously passed through a U.S. No. 30 mesh, are then added to the granules which, after mixing, are compressed in a tablet machine to make tablets each weighing 120 mg.
Example 5
Capsules, each containing 40 mg of medication are made as follows:
Ingredient Quantity (mg / capsule)
Active ingredient 40.0 mg Starch 109.0 mg Magnesium stearate 1.0 g Total 150.0 mg
The active ingredient starch, and magnesium stearate are folded, passed through a U.S. No. 20, and filled into hard gelatin capsules in amounts of 150 mg.
Example 6
Suppositories, each containing 25 mg of the active ingredient are made as follows:
Ingredient Quantity Active ingredient 25 mg For glycerides saturated fatty acids 2000 mg
The active ingredient is passed through a U.S. sieve. No. 60 mesh and is suspended in glycerides saturated fatty acids previously melted using the minimum necessary heat. The mixture is then placed inside a suppository mold with a nominal capacity of 2.0 g and left to cool.
Example 7
Suspensions, each containing 50 mg of medication per 5.0 mL dose are made as follows:
Ingredient Amount
Active ingredient 50.0 mg Xanthan gum 40.0 mg Cellulose coryloxymethyl sodium (11%) Microcrystalline cellulose (89%) 50.0 mg Sucrose 1.75 g Sodium benzoate 10.0 mg Taste and color q.v. For purified water 5.0 mL
The active ingredient, sucrose and xanthan gum are folded, passed through a U.S. No. 10 mesh, and then mixed with a solution previously made of microcrystalline cellulose and cellulose carboxymethyl sodium in water. The sodium benzoate, flavor, and color are diluted with some water and added with agitation. Then enough water is added to produce the required volume.
Example 8
A formulation can be prepared as follows:
Ingredient Quantity (mg / capsule)
Active ingredient 15.0 mg Starch 407.0 mg Magnesium stearate 3.0 mg Total 425.0 mg
The active ingredient, starch, and magnesium stearate are folded, passed through a U.S. No. 20 mesh sieve, and filled into hard gelatin capsules in amounts of 425.0 mg.
Example 9
A formulation can be prepared as follows:
Ingredient Quantity Active ingredient 5.0 mg Corn oil 1.0 mL
Example 10
A topical formulation can be prepared as follows:
Ingredient Quantity Active ingredient 1-10 g Emulsifying wax 30 g Liquid paraffin 20 g Soft white paraffin 100 g
The soft white paraffin is heated until melted. The liquid paraffin and the emulsifying wax are incorporated and stirred until dissolved. The active ingredient is added and stirring is continued until dispersion. The mixture is then cooled to a solid.
Another preferred formulation employed in the methods of the present invention employ transdermal delivery devices ("patches"). Such transdermal patches can be used to provide continuous and discontinuous infusion of the compounds of the present invention in controlled amounts: The construction and use of transdermal patches for the delivery of pharmaceutical agents is well known in the art. See, for example, U.S. Patent 5,023,252, published on June 11, 1991, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Such patches can be constructed for continuous, pulsatile or demand release of pharmaceutical agents.
Other formulations suitable for use in the present invention can be found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, edited by E. Martín (Mack Publishing Company, 18th Edition, 1990).
Biological examples Example 1 Functional in vitro test of ß2 Adrenergic Receptors
The functional activity of β2 adrenergic receptor compounds of the invention was tested as follows.
Sowing and cell growth:
Smooth muscle primary bronchial cells from 21-year-old males (Clonetics, San Diego, CA) were seeded at 5,000 cells / well in 24-well tissue culture plates. The medium used was Clonetics SmBM-2 supplemented with hEGF, insulin, hFGF, and Bovine Fetal Serum. Cells were grown for two days at 37 ° C, 5% C02 until confluent monolayers were seen.
Cell agonist stimulation:
The medium was aspirated from each well and replaced with 250 mL of fresh medium containing lmM IBMX, a phosphodiester inhibitor (Sigma, St Louis, MO). The cells were incubated for 15 minutes at 37 ° C, and then 250 mL of agonist was added at appropriate concentrations. The cells were then incubated for an additional 10 minutes. The medium was aspirated and 500 mL of 70% cold EtOH was added to the cells, and then removed to an empty plate of 96 deep wells after about 5 minutes. This Stage was then repeated. The deep well plate was then turned on an Epeed-vac until all the EtOH was drained, leaving the pellets dry. CAMP (pmol / well) was quantified using a cAMP ELISA kit from Stratagene (La Jolla, CA). EC50 curves were generated using the appropriate equation of parameter 4:
y = (ad) / (l + (x / c) b) + d, were, y = cpm a = total union c = IC5o x = [compound] d = union NS b = inclination Fix the union NS and allow to float to all other parameters.
EXAMPLE 2 Radioligand binding assay in vi tro of Adrenergic β2 Receptor
The ßl / 2 adrenergic receptor binding activity of the compounds of the invention can be tested as follows. SF9 cell membranes containing β1 or β2 adrenergic receptors (NEN, Boston, MA) were incubated with 0.07 nM of 125 I-iodocyanopeindolol (NEN, Boston, MA) in binding buffer containing 75 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.4) , 12.5 mM MGC12 and 2 mM EDTA and varying concentrations of the test compound or buffer only in 96-well plates (control). The plates were incubated at room temperature with shaking for 1 hour. The radioligand bound to the receptor was harvested by filtration on 96-well filter plates GF / B (Packard, Meriden, CT) pre-blocked with 0.3% polyethylamine and washed twice with 200 μl of PBS using cell harvester. The filtrates were washed three times with 200 μl of PBS using cell harvester and then resuspended in 40 μl of scintillation cocktail. The radioactivity of the filter-binding was measured with a scintillation counter and IC50 curves were generated using the appropriate equation of parameter 4 described above.
The preceding invention has been described in some details by way of illustration and example, for purposes of clarity and understanding. It will be obvious to someone of skill in the state of the art that changes and modifications may be practiced within the scope of the appended claims. Therefore, it is understood that the description above is intended to be illustrative and not restrictive. The scope of the invention should, therefore, be determined not with reference to the foregoing description, but should rather be determined with reference to the following appended claims, in parallel with the total scope of equivalents for which such claims are accredited.
All patents, patent applications and publications cited in this application are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety for all purposes in the same area as if each individual patent, patent application or publication were then individually denoted.
It is noted that in relation to this date, the best method known to the applicant to carry out the aforementioned invention, is that which is clear from the present description of the invention.
Having described the invention as above, the contents of the following are declared as property:
Claims (49)
1. A multiple-bond compound of Formula (I): (L) p (X) q (I) characterized because: p is an integer from 2 to 10; q is an integer from 1 to 20; X is a linker; and L is a ligand where: one of the ligands, L, is selected from a compound of formula (a): (to) where: Ar1 and Ar2 are independently selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, and heterocyclyl wherein each of said substituents Ar1 and Ar2 optionally binds the ligand to a linker; R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl, or R1 is a covalent bond linking the ligand to a linker; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aralkyl, acyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, and substituted cycloalkyl, or R2 is a covalent bond linking the ligand to a linker; W is a covalent bond linking the group -NR2- to Ar2, alkylene or substituted alkylene where one or more of the carbon atoms in said alkylene or substituted alkylene group which is optionally replaced by a substituent selected from -NRa - (where Ra is hydrogen, alkyl, acyl, or a covalent bond linking the ligand to a linker), -O-, -S (0) n (where n is an integer from 0 to 2), -CO-, -PRb- (where Rb is alkyl), -P (0) 2-, and -OP (O) O- and later where said alkylene or substituted alkylene group optionally binds the ligand to a linker provided that minus one of Ar1, Ar2, R1, R2, or W binds the ligand to a linker; Y the other ligands are independently selected from a compound of formula (b): -Q-Ar3 (b) where: Ar 3 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, and heterocyclyl; Q, which binds the other ligand to the linker, is selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond, alkylene, or a substituted alkylene group where one or more of the carbon atoms in said alkylene or substituted alkylene group is optionally replaced by a substituent selected from -NRa - (where Ra is hydrogen, alkyl, acyl, or a covalent bond linking the ligand to a linker), -O-, -S (0) n- (where n is an integer from 0 to 2), -CO-, -PRb- (where Rb is alkyl), -P (0) 2-, and -0-P (0) 0-; Y pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof provided that: (iv) when the multiple-linking compound of Formula (I) is a compound of formula: where Ar1 and Ar3 are aryl, then both W and X are not alkylene or alkylene-O-; (ii) when the multiple-linking compound of Formula (I) is a compound of formula: where Ar1 is 4-hydroxy-2-methylphenyl, Ar2 is aryl, Ar3 is aryl or heterocyclyl, W is stylene, Q is a covalent bond, R1 is alkyl, then linker X is not linked to the group Ar3 through an atom of oxygen; Y (iii) when the multiple-linking compound of Formula (I) is a compound of formula: where Ar1, Ar2, Ar3, R1, R2 are as defined above, W is alkylene, and Q is a covalent bond, then X is not -alkylene-O-.
2. The multiple-bond compound of claim 2 characterized in that q is less than p.
3. The multiple-binding compound of claim 2 characterized in that each linker, X, in the multiple-linking compound of the Formula (I) independently has the formula: -X to -Z- (Ya-Z) m-Xa- where m is an integer from 0 to 20; Xa at each separate occurrence is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S-, -NR-, -C (O) -, -C (0) 0-, -OC (O) -, -C (0) NR-, -NRC (O) -, C (S), -C (S) 0-, -C (S) NR-, -NRC (S) -, or a covalent bond where R is as defined below; Z at each separate occurrence is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, substituted alkylene, cycloalkylene, substituted cycloalkylene, alkenylene, substituted alkenylene, alkynylene, substituted alkynylene, cycloalkenylene, substituted cycloalkenylene, arylene, heteroarylene, heterocycle, or a covalent bond; each Ya to each separate occurrence is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -C (O) -, -OC (0) -, -C (0) 0-, -NR-, -S (0) n-, -C (0) NR'-, -NR'C (O) -, -NR 'C (O) NR' -, -NR'C (S) NR'-, -C (= NR ') -NR'-, -NR'-C (= NR') -, -OC (0) -NR'-, -NR'-C (0) -0- -N = C (Xa) -NR'-, -NR'-C (Xa) = N-, -P (O) (OR ') -O-, -O- P (0) (OR') -, -S (0) nCR ' R "-, -S (0) n-NR'-, -NR'-S (0) n-, -SS-, and a covalent bond, where n is 0, lo 2; R, R 'and R' 'to each separate occurrence are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic, and Xa is as defined above.
4. a bivalent multiple-bond compound of Formula (II): (H) characterized because: Ar is: (a) a phenyl ring of formula (c) (c) where: R 4 is hydrogen, alkyl, halo, or alkoxy; R5 is hydrogen, hydroxy, halo, halo, amino, or -NHS02Ra where Ra is alkyl; R6 is hydrogen, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, substituted alkyl, sulfonylamino, aminoacyl, or acylamino; W is a covalent bond linking the group -NR2- to Ar2, alkylene or substituted alkylene where one or more of the carbon atoms in said alkylene or substituted alkylene group are optionally replaced by -0-; Ar2 is phenyl wherein the groups W and X are adhered at positions 1,2-, 1,3 and 1,4 of the phenyl ring; cyclohexyl optionally substituted with methyl and wherein groups W and X are adhered at the 1,3 and 1,4 positions of the cyclohexyl ring; or piperazine wherein the groups and X are adhered in the 1,4 positions of the piperazine ring; X is a linker; Q is a covalent bond, or a substituted alkylene group in which one or more of the carbon atoms in said substituted alkylene group is optionally replaced by a heteroatom such as -NRa- (where Ra is hydrogen, alkyl, or acyl, or a covalent bond linking the ligand to the linker), -0-, -S (0) n (where n is an integer from 0 to 20), -CO-, -PRb- (where R is alkyl), -P ( 0) 2- and -OP (0) 0- and binds the ligand to the linker; Y .Ar3 is or: (i) a phenyl ring of formula (c) as defined above; or (ii) a phenyl ring of formula (d): (d) where: R7 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkyl, halo, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, hydroxy, aminoacyl, or heteroaryl; and R8 is hydrogen, halo, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acylamino; or (iii) is naphthyl, pyridyl, benzimidazol-1-yl, indolyl, 2-cyanoindolyl, carbazolyl, 4-methylindanyl, 5- (CH3C02CH20-) -1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl, lH-2-oxoindole, , 3,4-trihydrotianaphthalene, or 4-oxo-2,3-dihydrotianaphthalene; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof provided that: when the multiple-linking compound of Formula (I) is a compound of Formula: where Ar1 and Ar3 are aryl, then as much as X are not alkylene or alkylene-O-;
5. The bivalent multiple-bond compound of claim 4, characterized in that: X is -O-, -O-alkylene, -O- (arylene) -NH- (substituted alkylene), -O- (alkylene) -O- (arylene) -O-alkylene-O- (alkylene) -NH- (substituted alkylene) -, -O- (alkylene) -0- (arylene) -, - (alkylene) - (cycloalkylene) -NH- (substituted alkylene); and Q is a covalent bond.
6. The bivalent multiple bond compound of claim 5, characterized in that: .Ar1 is: (a) a phenyl ring of formula (c): where: R 4 is hydrogen, methyl, fluoro, chloro, or methoxy; R5 is hydrogen, hydroxy, fluoro, chloro, amino, -NHS02CH3; R6 is hydrogen, chloro, fluoro, hydroxy, methoxy, hydroxymethyl, -CH2S02CH3, -NHS02CH3, -NHCHO, -CONH2, -NHCONH2; Ar2 is phenyl wherein the groups and X are adhered at the 1,4 position of the phenyl ring; and Ar3 is O: (i) a phenyl ring of formula (c) as defined above; or (ii) a phenyl ring of formula (d): (d) where : R7 is hydrogen, methyl, propen-2-yl, fluoro, chloro, methoxy, -CH2C02Me, hydroxy, -CH2CONH2, -NHCOCH3, -NHCHO, or imidazol-1-yl, l-methyl-4-trifluoromethyl-imidazole-2 -il; Y R8 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, methoxy, -CH2C02Me, or -CONH2; or (iii) naphthyl, pyridyl, benzimidazol-1-yl, indolyl, 2-cyanoindolyl, carbazolyl, 4-methylindanyl, 5- (CH3CO2CH2O-) -1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl, lH-2-oxoindole, 2, 3,4-trihydrotianaphthalene, or 4-oxo-2,3-dihydrotianaphthalene.
7. The bivalent multiple-bond compound of claim 6, characterized in that: .Ar1 is phenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, 3,4-dihydroxyphenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 2-chloro-3-dihydroxyphenyl, 2-fluoro-3,4-dihydroxyphenyl, 2-chloro-3,5-dihydroxyphenyl, 2-fluoro-3, 5-dihydroxyphenyl, 4-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl, 4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl, 4-hydroxy-3- (HCONH-) phenyl, 4-hydroxy-3- (NH2C0-) phenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 2,5-dimethoxyphenyl, 4- (CH3S02NH-) -phenyl, 4-hydroxy-3- (CH3S02CH2-) phenyl, 4-hydroxy-3- (CH3S02NH-) phenyl, 4-hydroxy-3- ( NH2CONH-) phenyl, or 3,5-dichloro-4-aminophenyl; W is a bond, methylene, ethylene, propylene, - (CH2) 6-0- (CH2) 3 -, - (CH2) 6-0-, or -CH2CH (OH) CH2-0-; X is -0-; -0- (CH2) 4-; -O- (1, 4-phenylene) -NH-CH2-CH (OH) -; - 0- (CH2)? O-0- (1, 4-phenylene) - (CH2) 3-0- (CH2) 6-NH-CH2-CH (OH) -; -0- (CH2) 6-0- (1, 4-phenylene) - (CH2) 3-0- (CH2) 5-NH-CH2-CH (OH) -; -0- (CH2) 6-0- (1, 4-phenylene) -; - CH2- (1,4-cyclohexyl) -NH-CH2-CH (OH) -; Y Ar3 is; -na NHSOjMß
8. The bivalent multiple-bond compound of claim 4, characterized in that: X is a covalent bond; Y Q is a substituted alkylene group where one or more of the carbon atoms in said substituted alkylene group is optionally replaced by a heteroatom such as -NRa - (where Ra is hydrogen, alkyl, or acyl) or -0-.
9. The bivalent multiple-bond compound of claim 8, characterized in that: Ar1 is (b) a phenyl ring of formula (c) (c) where: R 4 is hydrogen, methyl, fluoro, chloro, or methoxy; R5 is hydrogen, hydroxy, fluoro, chloro, amino, -NHS02CH3; Y R6 is hydrogen, chloro, fluoro, hydroxy, methoxy, hydroxymethyl, -CH2S02CH3, -NHS02CH3, -NHCHO, -CONH2, -NHCONH2. Ar2 is phenyl wherein the groups and X are adhered at the 1,4 position of the phenyl ring; Y .Ar3 is or: (i) a phenyl ring of formula (c) as defined above; or (ii) a phenyl ring of formula (d): R7 Rß (d) where: R7 is hydrogen, methyl, propen-2-yl, fluoro, chloro, methoxy, -CH2C02Me, hydroxy, -CH2CONH2, -NHCOCH3, -NHCHO, imidazol-1-yl, or l-methyl-4-trifluoromethyl-imidazole-2 -il; Y R8 • is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, methoxy, -CH2C02Me, -NHCHO, O-CONH2. (iii) naphthyl, pyridyl, benzimidazol-1-yl, indolyl, 2-cyanoindolyl, carbazolyl, 4-methylindanyl, 5- (CH3C02CH20-) - 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl, lH-2-oxoindole, 2, 3,4- trihydrotianaphthalene, or 4-oxo-2,3-dihydrothianaphthalene.
10. The multivalent bivalent compound of claim 9, characterized in that: Ar 1 is phenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, 3,4-dihydroxyphenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 2-chloro-3,4-dihydroxyphenyl, 2-fluoro-3,4-dihydroxyphenyl, 2-chloro-3,5-dihydroxyphenyl, 2-fluoro-3, 5-dihydroxyphenyl, 4-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl, 4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl, 4-hydroxy-3- (HCONH-) phenyl, 4-hydroxy-3- (NH2CO-) phenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 2,5-dimethoxyphenyl, 4- (CH3S02NH-) -phenyl, 4-hydroxy-3- (CH3S02CH2-) phenyl, 4-hydroxy-3- (CH3S02NH-) phenyl, 4-hydroxy-3- ( NH2CONH-) phenyl, or 3, 5-dichloro-4-aminophenyl; W is a bond, methylene, ethylene, propylene, - (CH2) 6-0- (CH2) 3 -, - (CH2) 6-0-, O -CH2CH (OH) CH2-0-; Q is -NH-CH2-CH (0H) -; - NH-CH (CH20H) -; - CH2-NH-CH2-CH (0H) -; - C (CH3) 2 -NH-CH2-CH (OH) -; - (CH2) 3-NH-CH2-CH (OH) -; - (CH2) 3-0- (CH2) 6-NH-CH2-CH (OH) -;-( CH2) 2-NH-CH2-CH (OH) -; or -0- (CH2) -CH (OH) -CH2-NH-CH2-CH (OH) -; Y Ar is:
11. The "multiple bond" compound of claim 10 characterized in that: Arxy Ar3 are phenyl; W is ethylene; Y Q is NH-CH2- * CH (OH) - (where * is stereochemically R or S);
12. The multivalent bivalent compound of claim 9, characterized in that: Ar 1 is phenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, 3,4-dihydroxyphenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 2-chloro-3,4-dihydroxyphenyl, 2-fluoro-3,4-dihydroxyphenyl, 2-chloro-3,5-dihydroxyphenyl, 2-fluoro-3, 5-dihydroxyphenyl, 4-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl, 4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl, 4-hydroxy-3- (HCONH-) phenyl, 4-hydroxy-3- (NH2CO-) phenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 2,5-dimethoxyphenyl, 4- (CH3SO2NH-) -phenyl, 4-hydroxy-3- (CH3S02CH2-) phenyl, 4-hydroxy-3- (CH3S02NH-) phenyl, 4-hydroxy-3- ( NH2CONH-) phenyl, or 3,5-dichloro-4-aminophenyl; is a bond, methylene, ethylene, propylene, - (CH2) 6-0- (CH2) 3 -, - (CH2) 6-0-, or -CH2CH (0H) CH2-0-; Q is -NH-CH2-CH (OH) -CH2-0-; Y Ar is; Y »(X-ClorF) (X-ClorF) -NHCONH2
13. A "pharmaceutical composition" characterized in that it comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and an effective amount of a multiple-linking compound of Formula (I): (L) p (X) q (I) where : p is an integer from 2 to 10; q is an integer from 1 to 20; X is a linker; and L is a ligand where: One of the ligands, L, is selected from a compound of formula (a): (to) where: Ar1 and Ar2 are independently selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, and heterocyclyl wherein each of said substituents Ar1 and Ar2 optionally binds the ligand to a linker; R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl, or R1 is a covalent bond linking the ligand to a linker; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aralkyl, acyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, and substituted cycloalkyl, or R2 is a covalent bond linking the ligand to a linker; is a covalent bond joining the group -NR2- to Ar2, alkylene or substituted alkylene where one or more of the carbon atoms in said alkylene or substituted alkylene group which is optionally replaced by a substituent selected from -NRa- ( where Ra is hydrogen, alkyl, acyl, or a covalent bond linking the ligand to a linker), -O-, -S (0) n (where n is an integer from 0 to 2), -CO-, -PRb - (wherein Rb is alkyl), - P (0) 2-, and -OP (O) O- and later where said alkylene or substituted alkylene group optionally binds the ligand to a linker provided that at least one of Ar1, Ar2, R1, R2, or W binds the ligand to a linker; Y the other ligands are independently selected from a compound of formula (b): -Q-Ar3 (b) where: Ar 3 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, and heterocyclyl; Q, which binds the other ligand to the linker, is selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond, alkylene, or a substituted alkylene group where one or more of the carbon atoms in said alkylene or substituted alkylene group is optionally replaced by a substituent selected from -NRa (where Ra is hydrogen, alkyl, acyl, or a covalent bond linking the ligand to a linker), -O-, -S (0) n- (where n is an integer from 0 to 2), -CO-, -PRb- (where Rb is alkyl), -P (0) 2-, and -OP (O) O-; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof provided that: (v) when the multiple-linking compound of Formula (I) is a compound of formula: where Ar1 and Ar3 are aryl, then both W and X are not alkylene or alkylene-O-; (ii) when the multiple-linking compound of Formula (I) is a compound of formula: where Ar1 is 4-hydroxy-2-methylphenyl, Ar2 is aryl, Ar3 is aryl or heterocyclyl, W is stylene, Q is a covalent bond, R1 is alkyl, then linker X is not linked to the group Ar3 through an atom of oxygen; Y (iii) when the multiple-linking compound of Formula (I) is a compound of formula: where Ar1, Ar2, Ar3, R1, R2 are as defined above, is alkylene, and Q is a covalent bond, then X is not -alkylene-O-.
14. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 13 characterized in that q is less than p.
15. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 14 characterized in that each linker independently has the formula: -X to -Z- (Ya-Z) m-Xa- where m is an integer from 0 to 20; Xa at each separate occurrence is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S-, -NR-, -C (O) -, -C (0) 0-, -OC (O) -, -C (0) NR-, -NRC (O) -, C (S), -C (S) 0-, -C (S) NR-, -NRC (S) -, or a covalent bond where R is as defined below; Z at each separate occurrence is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, substituted alkylene, cycloalkylene, substituted cycloalkylene, alkenylene, substituted alkenylene, alkynylene, substituted alkynylene, cycloalkenylene, substituted cycloalkenylene, arylene, heteroarylene, heterocycle, or a covalent bond; each Ya to each separate occurrence is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -C (O) -, -OC (O) -, -C (0) 0-, -NR-, -S (0) n-, -C (0) NR'-, -NR'C (O) -, -NR 'C (O) NR' -, -NR'C (S) NR'-, -C (= NR ') -NR' -, -NR'-C (= NR ') -, -OC (0) -NR'-, -NR'-C (0) -0- -N = C (Xa) -NR'-, -NR' -C (Xa) = N-, -P (O) (OR ') -O-, -0-P (O) (0R') -, -S (0) nCR'R "-, -S (0 ) n-NR'-, -NR'-S (0) n-, -SS and a covalent bond, where n is 0, so 2; R, R 'and R "at each separate occurrence are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic, and Xa is as defined above.
16. A pharmaceutical composition characterized in that it comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and an effective amount of the multiple binding compound of claim 7.
17. A pharmaceutical composition characterized in that it comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and an effective amount of the multiple binding compound of claim 10.
18. A method for treating diseases mediated by a β2 adrenergic receptor in a mammal, said method characterized in that it comprises administering to said mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a multiple-linking compound of Formula ( I): (L) p (X) ClX) characterized by: p is an integer from 2 to 10; q is an integer from 1 to 20; X is a linker; and L is a ligand where: One of the ligands, L, is selected from a compound of formula (a): (to) where : Ar1 and Ar2 are independently selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, and heterocyclyl wherein each of said substituents Ar1 and Ar2 optionally binds the ligand to a linker; R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl, or R1 is a covalent bond linking the ligand to a linker; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aralkyl, acyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, and substituted cycloalkyl, or R2 is a covalent bond linking the ligand to a linker; is a covalent bond joining the group -NR2- to Ar2, alkylene or substituted alkylene where one or more of the carbon atoms in said alkylene or substituted alkylene group which is optionally replaced by a substituent selected from -NRa- ( where Ra is hydrogen, alkyl, acyl, or a covalent bond linking the ligand to a linker), -O-, -S (0) n (where n is an integer from 0 to 2), -CO-, -PRb - (where Rb is alkyl), -P (0) 2-, and -OP (O) O- and later where said alkylene or substituted alkylene group optionally binds the ligand to a linker provided that at least one of Ar1, Ar2, R1, R2, or joins the ligand to a linker; Y the other ligands are independently selected from a compound of formula (b): -Q-Ar3 (b) where: Ar3 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, and heterocyclyl; Q, which binds the other ligand to the linker, is selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond, alkylene, or a substituted alkylene group where one or more of the carbon atoms in said alkylene or substituted alkylene group is optionally replaced by a substituent selected from -NRa (where Ra is hydrogen, alkyl, acyl, or a covalent bond that binds the ligand to a linker), -O-, -S (0) n- (where n is an integer from 0 to 2), -CO-, -PRb- (where Rb is alkyl), -P (0) 2-, and -O-P (O) O-; Y pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof provided that: (vi) when the multiple-linking compound of Formula (I) is a compound of formula: where Ar1 and Ar3 are aryl, then both W and X are not alkylene or alkylene-O-; (ii) when the multiple-linking compound of Formula (I) is a compound of formula: where Ar1 is 4-hydroxy-2-methylphenyl, Ar2 is aryl, Ar3 is aryl or heterocyclyl, W is stylene, Q is a covalent bond, R1 is alkyl, then linker X is not linked to the group Ar3 through an atom of oxygen; Y (iii) when the multiple-linking compound of Formula (I) is a compound of formula: where Ar1, Ar2, Ar3, R1, R2 are as defined above, W is alkylene, and Q is a covalent bond, then X is not -alkylene-O-.
19. A method for treatment of diseases mediated by a β2 adrenergic receptor in a mammal, said method characterized in that it comprises the administration to said mammal of a therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a multiple-binding compound of the claim 7
20. A method for the treatment of diseases mediated by a β2 adrenergic receptor in a mammal, said method characterized in that it comprises the administration to said mammal of a therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a multiple-binding compound of the claim 10
21. The method of claim 20 characterized in that the disease is a respiratory disease.
22. The method of claim 21 characterized in that the disease is asthma.
23. A method for the identification of multimeric ligand compounds that possess multiple binding properties with the adrenergic β2 receptor characterized in that it comprises: (a) the identification of a ligand or a mixture of ligands wherein each ligand contains at least one reactive functionality; (b) identifying a library of linkers wherein each linker of said library comprises at least two functional groups having complementary reactivity with at least one of the reactive functional groups of the ligand; (c) preparing "a library of multimeric ligand compounds by combining at least two stoichiometric equivalents of the ligand or mixture of ligands identified in (a) with the library of linkers identified in (b) under conditions wherein the groups complementary functional groups react to form a covalent linkage between said linker and at least two of said ligands; (d) the assay of multimeric ligand compounds produced in (c) above to identify multimeric ligand compounds that possess multiple binding properties with the adrenergic β2 receptor.
24. a method for identifying multimeric ligand compounds possessing multiple binding properties with the adrenergic β2 receptor characterized in that it comprises: (a) identification of a library of ligands wherein each ligand contains at least one reactive functionality; (b) the identification of a linker or mixture of linkers wherein each linker comprises at least two functional groups having complementary reactivity with at least one of the reactive functional groups of the ligand; (c) the preparation of a library of multimeric ligand compounds by combining at least two stoichiometric equivalents of the library of ligands identified in (a) with the linker or mixture of linkers identified in (b) under conditions wherein the groups complementary functional groups react to form a covalent linkage between said linker and at least two of said ligands; Y (d) the assay of multimeric ligand compounds produced in (c) above to identify multimeric ligand compounds that possess multiple binding properties with the adrenergic β2 receptor.
25. The method according to Claim 23 or 24, characterized in that the preparation of the library of multimeric ligand compounds is completed either by the sequential or concurrent combination of the two or more stoichiometric equivalents of the ligands identified in (a) with the linkers. identified in (b).
26. The method according to claim 25 characterized in that the multimeric ligand compounds comprising the library of multimeric ligand compounds are dimeric.
27. The method according to claim 26 characterized in that the dimeric ligand compounds comprising the library of dimeric ligand compounds are heterodimeric.
28. The method according to claim 27 characterized in that the library of heterodimeric ligand compounds was prepared by sequential addition of a first and second ligand.
29. The method according to Claim 23 or Claim 24 characterized in that, prior to procedure (d), each member of the library of multimeric ligand compounds was isolated from the library.
30. The method according to claim 29, characterized in that each member of the library was isolated by preparative liquid chromatography (LCMS) mass spectrometry.
31. The method according to claim 23 or claim 24 characterized in that the binder or linkers employed are selected from the group comprising flexible linkers, rigid linkers, hydrophobic linkers, hydrophilic linkers, linkers of different geometry, acid linkers, basic linkers, linkers of different polarization and amphiphilic ligands.
32. The method according to claim 31, characterized in that it comprises linkers of different chain length and / or having different complementary reactive groups.
33. The method according to claim 32 characterized in that the linkers are selected to have different lengths of linker in the range of about 2 to 100 Á.
34. The method of Claim 23 or Claim 24 characterized in that the ligand or mixture of ligands is selected to have reactive functionality at different sites on said ligands.
35. The method according to claim 34 characterized in that said reactive functionality is selected from the group consisting of carboxylic acids, carboxylic acid halides, carboxyl esters, amines, halides, isocyanates, vinyl unsaturation, ketones, aldehydes, thiols, alcohols, anhydrides and precursors of these wherein the reactive functionality in the ligand is selected to be complementary to at least one of the reactive groups in the linker such that a covalent linkage can be formed between the linker and the ligand.
36. The method according to Claim 23 or Claim 24 characterized in that the library of multimeric ligand compounds comprises homomeric ligand compounds.
37. The method according to Claim 23 or Claim 24 characterized in that the library of multimeric ligand compounds comprises heteromeric ligand compounds.
38. a library of multimeric ligand compounds which may possess multivalent properties with the adrenergic β2 receptor whose library is prepared by the method characterized in that it comprises: (a) the identification of a ligand or a mixture of ligands wherein each ligand contains at least one reactive functionality; (b) identifying a library of linkers wherein each linker of said library comprises at least two functional groups having complementary reactivity with at least one of the reactive functional groups of the ligand; (c) preparing a library of multimeric ligand compounds by combining at least two stoichiometric equivalents of the ligand or mixture of ligands identified in (a) with the library of linkers identified in (b) under conditions wherein the functional groups Complementaries react to form a covalent linkage between said linker and at least two of said ligands.
39. A library of multimeric ligand compounds which may possess multivalent properties with the β2 adrenergic receptor whose library is prepared by the method characterized in that it comprises: (a) identification of a library of ligands wherein each ligand contains at least one reactive functionality; (b) the identification of a linker or mixture of linkers wherein each linker comprises at least two functional groups having complementary reactivity with at least one of the reactive functional groups of the ligand; (c) the preparation of a library of multimeric ligand compounds by combining at least two stoichiometric equivalents of the library of ligands identified in (a) with the linker or mixture of linkers identified in (b) under conditions wherein the groups Complementary functional groups react to form a covalent bond between said linker and at least two of said ligands.
40. The library according to Claim 38 or Claim 39 characterized in that the linker or linkers employed are selected from the group comprising flexible linkers, rigid linkers, hydrophobic linkers, hydrophilic linkers, linkers of different geometry, acid linkers, basic linkers, linkers of different polarization and linkers to fifílicos.
41. The library according to claim 40 characterized in that it comprises linkers of different chain length and / or having different complementary reactive groups.
42. The library according to claim 41 characterized in that the linkers are selected to have different lengths of linker in the range of about 2 to 100 Á.
43. The library of Claim 38 or Claim 39 characterized in that the ligand or mixture of ligands is selected to have reactive functionality at different sites on said ligands.
44. The library according to claim 43 characterized in that said reactive functionality is selected from the group consisting of carboxylic acids, carboxylic acid halides, carboxyl esters, amines, halides, isocyanates, vinyl unsaturation, ketones, aldehydes, thiols, alcohols, anhydrides and precursors of these wherein the reactive functionality in the ligand is selected to be complementary to at least one of the reactive groups in the linker such that a covalent linkage can be formed between the linker and the ligand.
45. The library according to Claim 38 or Claim 39 characterized in that the library of multimeric ligand compounds comprises homomeric ligand compounds.
46. The library according to Claim 38 or Claim 39 characterized in that the library of multimeric ligand compounds comprises heteromeric ligand compounds.
47. An iterative method for the identification of multimeric ligand compounds that possess multiple binding properties for the adrenergic β2 receptor characterized in that it comprises: (a) the preparation of a first collection or iteration of multimeric compounds which is prepared by contacting at least two stoichiometric equivalents of the ligand or mixture of ligands which have affinity for a receptor with a linker or mixture of linkers wherein said ligand or mixture of ligands comprises at least one reactive functionality and said linker or mixture of linkers comprises at least two functional groups having complementary reactivity with at least one of the reactive functional groups of the ligand e wherein said contact is carried out under conditions wherein the complementary functional groups react to form a covalent linkage between said linker and at least two of said ligands; (b) testing said first collection or iteration of multimeric compounds to assess which of said multimeric compounds possess multiple binding properties with the adrenergic β2 receptor; (c) repeating the process of (a) and (b) above until it is found that at least one multimeric compound possesses multiple binding properties with the adrenergic β2 receptor; (d) the evaluation of which molecular coactions impart multiple binding properties with the adrenergic β2 receptor to the multimeric compound or compounds found in the first iteration recited in (a) - (c) above; (e) the creation of a second collection or iteration of multimeric compounds which are elaborated on the particular molecular constraints that impart multiple binding properties to the compound or multimeric compounds found in said first iteration; (f) the evaluation of which molecular constraints impart enhanced multiple binding properties to the multimeric compound or compounds found in the second collection or iteration recited in (e) above; (g) the optional repetition of Steps (e) and (f) to elaborate further on said molecular constraints.
48. The method according to Claim 47 characterized in that Steps (e) and (f) are repeated from 2-50 times.
49. The method according to Claim 48 characterized in that Steps (e) and (f) are repeated from 5 to 50 times.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US60/088,466 | 1998-06-08 | ||
US60/092,938 | 1998-07-15 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
MXPA00009351A true MXPA00009351A (en) | 2002-05-09 |
Family
ID=
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US6541669B1 (en) | β2-adrenergic receptor agonists | |
US7427639B2 (en) | β2-adrenergic receptor agonists | |
US6683115B2 (en) | β2-adrenergic receptor agonists | |
AU781466B2 (en) | Beta2-adrenergic receptor agonists | |
US7211695B2 (en) | β2-adrenergic receptor agonists | |
AU750366B2 (en) | Beta2-adrenergic receptor agonists | |
MXPA00009351A (en) | &bgr;2-ADRENERGIC RECEPTOR AGONISTS | |
CZ20003651A3 (en) | Multivalent compound binding beta2-adrenergic receptors, bivalent multivalent compound, pharmaceutical preparation, treatment method, identification method of multimeric ligands and multimeric ligand library |